RAR.Y ,
OF THL

UNIVERSITY
OF ILLINOIS

59O.5"

FI

v.18

moixw ,

The person charging this material is re-
sponsible for its return on or before the
Latest Date stamped below.

Theft, mutilation, and underlining of books
'

n "

dism.ssal from the University.

.
University of Illinois Library

L161— Q-I096

Field Museum of Natural History

Zoology, Vol. XVIII, Plate IX

MAP SHOWING ROUTE OF INDO-CHINESE SECTION OF KELLEY-ROOSEVELTS
ASIATIC EXPEDITION

FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

FOUJ^DED BY MARSHALL FIELD, 1893

PUBLICATION 312
ZOOLOGICAL SERIES VOL. XVIII, No. 10

MAMMALS OF THE KELLEY-ROOSEVELTS
AND DELACOUR ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS

BY

WILFRED H. OSGOOD

CURATOR, DEPARTMENT OP ZOOLOGY

THE UD3ARY CF TSE

AUG 29 1932
UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS.

V NATURAL
**» HISTORY

CHICAGO, U. S. A.
AUGUST 19, 1932

PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
BT FIELD MUSEUM PRESS

FI

ID

v.18

MAMMALS OF THE KELLEY-ROOSEVELTS AND
DELACOUR ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS

BY WILFRED H. OSGOOD

The William V. Kelley-Roosevelts Asiatic Expedition of Field
Museum in 1928-29, by division into three sections, was able to
cover a wide extent of territory in central and southeastern Asia.
Each section touched faunal areas not reached by the others and
the resulting collection of mammals is one of unusual size, variety,
and interest. The species represented are from such diverse regions
as the tropical coast of Cochin China and the lofty mountains of
western Szechwan toward the borders of Thibet. Nevertheless, it
seems best to record the entire collection in a single report. In
fact, as appears later, there are advantages in doing so, for western
China, in spite of its temperate climate, has a mammalian fauna
many elements of which extend into French Indo-China.

The expedition, so liberally financed by the late William V.
Kelley, a Trustee and Benefactor of Field Museum, was one of the
best equipped ever to take the field in Asia and, considering the short
time of actual operations, the results are quite remarkable. Colonel
Theodore Roosevelt and his brother, Kermit Roosevelt, with their
friend, C. Suydam Cutting, formed what may be called the first
section. They traveled rapidly, covering a long route and devoting
themselves mainly to hunting large game and animals of especial
rarity. Their Chinese interpreter, Jack Young, was equipped for
collecting small mammals, and, although his time for this was
quite limited, he "picked up" occasional specimens of interest. This
first section, starting from Rangoon, proceeded directly through
Burma to Bhamo and thence northward via Tengyueh, Talifu,
Likiang, Yungning, Muli, and Chiulung to Tatsienlu. From this
well-known place they went to Mouping and then, returning south-
ward through Yachow, they crossed the Tung River and continued
just east of the Yalung River through Yehli, Tachow, and Ning-
yuan and thence very rapidly to railhead at Yunnanfu. From this
point, Kermit Roosevelt, in response to urgent demands, returned
to the United States while Theodore Roosevelt and C. Suydam
Cutting went on to Saigon, Cochin China, to procure specimens of
large game, especially seladang, banteng, and water buffalo. A full

193

194 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

account of the trip through Yunnan and Szechwan with illustrations
and a detailed map has since been published.1

What may be called the second section was conducted by Herbert
Stevens, who accompanied the Roosevelts as far as Likiang and
subsequently continued alone, making detailed collections along a
route somewhat similar to theirs through Yunnan and Szechwan.
Mr. Stevens has published a brief account of his itinerary with
sketches of peaks and a small map of the region about Tatsienlu.2
He states: "On March 7 I left Likiang, spending fifty-five days en
route in camp and thirty-eight days on the march, via Yungning,
Muli, Kopadi, Kulu, Kon La 14,600 feet, Yonka La 15,000 feet,
Tiyu 12,900 feet (Gompa), Yatsu 11,200 feet, Baurong 8,000 feet,
Patei, Wushi 12,000 feet, Kusata (Gompa), Chentze 13,000 feet,
Laila hamlet 12,400 feet, Chaulu 13,600 feet (Gompa), Lai Chu,
Zamba Ku 11,600 feet, Trazya 12,100 feet, Haja Tungu 13,000 feet
(Gompa), Haja La 15,300 feet, Cheto, to Tatsienlu, where I arrived
June 1." Mammals were collected along most of this route and
later from a few other localities, mainly Ulongkong, a short distance
south of Tatsienlu, and Hlagong, a short distance west. An account
of the birds, which are represented by many more localities than the
mammals, is soon to be published by Field Museum.

The mammals collected by Stevens number about five hundred,
providing a good representation of the general mammal fauna of
central Yunnan and western Szechwan. At Wushi, between Baurong
and Tatsienlu and east of the Yalung River, he obtained two
undescribed subspecies of rodents, a vole (Eothenomys custos hintoni)
and a pika (Ochotona cansa stevensi).

The third section of the expedition devoted itself to concentrated
work in northern Indo-China, mainly in the province of Tonkin.
Under the leadership of Harold J. Coolidge, Jr.,3 a party of four was
organized in which Russell W. Hendee was the mammalogist,
Josselyn Van Tyne4 ornithologist, and Ralph E. Wheeler physician
and parasitologist. After a brief stop in Annam, where collections
were made near Quangtri, this party proceeded to Haiphong and
Hanoi and thence up the valley of the Riviere Noire. They passed
on into northern Laos and worked there from a base at Phong Saly,

1 Theodore and Kermit Roosevelt, Trailing the Giant Panda, Charles Scribner's
Sons, New York, 1929.

2Geog. Journ., 75, pp. 353-356, 1930.

3 Now Assistant Curator of Mammals, Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge, Mass.

4 Assistant Curator of Birds, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 195

finally descending the Mekong River with a short stop at Vientiane
to Savannaket and thence overland to Hue". The route is shown
on the accompanying map (Plate IX, facing p. 191) and in the
report on the birds,1 which has already been published, there is
given a complete list and description of all localities visited.

Original plans had contemplated that the Roosevelts in returning
from China would join the Indo-Chinese section on the Mekong
River, but circumstances prevented and, instead, Mr. Hendee, on
May 14, detached himself from the rest of the party in Laos and
started down the Mekong, intending to go to Hue and thence
around the coast to join Theodore Roosevelt at Saigon. Shortly
after leaving, Hendee was attacked by a malignant fever which
increased in intensity until he reached Vientiane and was there
taken to a hospital in a critical condition on June 3. Three days
later, in spite of the best available care, he died, leaving a record
as one of the best all-around zoological collectors who ever took
the field.

Largely due to Hendee's skill and energy, the Indo-Chinese collec-
tion of mammals is one of exceptional variety and interest. Nothing
escaped him, and his specimens, as Thomas has said previously of
those taken by him in South America, "are a delight to work with."

Another feature contributing materially to the success of the
Indo-Chinese section of the expedition was the whole-hearted
cooperation of French officials. Grateful acknowledgments are due
to P. Jabouille, at that time Administrator of Annam and himself
an ornithologist of note, co-author with Jean Delacour of the sumptu-
ous, four-volume work "Les Oiseaux de Tlndochine Frangaise."2
Jabouille detailed several trained native collectors to accompany
the expedition; he opened his own house in Hue to the party; and
both officially and personally he rendered invaluable assistance
wherever possible.

The choice of Indo-China as a field for concentrated work by
one division of the Kelley-Roosevelts Expedition, although a natural
one from its geographic position in relation to the other areas visited,
was largely influenced by the advice and cooperation of the prominent
French ornithologist, Jean Delacour. For some years Delacour has
been conducting explorations in French Indo-China and, although
his primary interest is in birds, his expeditions in every case have

1 Bangs and Van Tyne, Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Zool. Ser., 18, No. 3, pp. 33-119,
1931.

2 Exposition Coloniale Internationale, Paris, 1931.

196 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

made important collections of mammals. These mammals were
sent mainly to the British Museum where they were studied and
described by the late Oldfield Thomas. Just prior to this cooperation
with Delacour, the British Museum had, itself, in 1923, sent Herbert
Stevens into Tonkin especially to collect mammals. The result was
a series of four publications by Thomas from 1925 to 1929 (p. 199)
on mammals from French Indo-China in which no less than nineteen
supposed new forms were described and knowledge of the fauna,
especially that of Tonkin, was enormously enlarged.

In studying the collections of the Kelley-Roosevelts Expedition,
it became of the utmost importance to examine the types of the
new forms lately named by Thomas and to make comparison with
the accumulation of Indo-Chinese mammals in the British Museum,
this being the only collection of any size in existence from the region.
Through reservation of funds generously provided by William V.
Kelley this was made possible, and a large number of selected speci-
mens were taken to London and studied in connection with the
unrivaled collection there. The cordial cooperation of the authorities
of the British Natural History Museum made this a most pleasant
and profitable undertaking. Especial thanks are due and most
gratefully rendered to the Director, C. Tate Regan, to the Keeper
of Zoology, M. T. Caiman, and to the Assistant Keeper of Zoology,
M. A. C. Hinton, in charge of the Division of Mammals.

While this work was under way, still another Indo-Chinese collec-
tion was received at the British Museum from M. Delacour. This
was made in 1929-30, after the return of the Kelley-Roosevelts
Expedition, the collecting having been done by Delacour in person
with the assistance of the British collector, Willoughby Lowe. The
advantages of studying this collection in conjunction with the one
already in hand were obvious and its generous submission for that
purpose through agreement between Delacour and the British
Museum was gratefully accepted. As a result, after brief preliminary
examination in London, a large part of this collection was shipped
to Field Museum where it has been worked out in detail. Division
of the collection leaves a large share of it in the British Museum and
in Field Museum, with a considerable number assigned to the Paris
Museum, including certain specimens of large size especially taken
by Delacour for mounting and exhibition at the French Colonial
Exposition of 1931. Types of new forms, seven in number, are in
the British Museum.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS— OSGOOD 197

In size and importance, the collection made by Delacour and
Lowe in 1929-30 rivals that of the Kelley-Roosevelts Expedition,
but the number of localities represented is much more limited. By
far the greater part of it is from the vicinity of Chapa, Tonkin.
Continuous work was carried on at this place for two months during
November and December, 1929. A large corps of native collectors
was organized which brought in material from all the surrounding
country, including localities well above Chapa, and others doubtless
well below it. Most of the specimens are labeled simply "Chapa,"
but a considerable number are definitely designated as coming from
"Lo Qui Ho," a station high up on the slopes or perhaps at the very
summit of Mount Fan Si Pan, which rises behind Chapa to a height
variously stated as from 8,000 to 10,000 feet, the altitude of Chapa
being 4,300 feet. The exact altitude for individual specimens, there-
fore, is not certain in all cases. Besides those from the vicinity of
Chapa, the collection contains an interesting series of specimens
from Hoi Xuan, a locality near the coast in Annam and just below
the border of Tonkin in a region having faunal affinity with Tonkin
rather than Annam. In addition there are about seventy specimens
from various localities, some of them quite far south in Annam and
even in Cambodia, collected by the French botanist Poilane and
obtained from him by Delacour and Jabouille.

A small but interesting collection made by F. R. Wulsin in 1924
for the United States National Museum has also been examined in
conjunction with the other material from the same region. It con-
sists of about fifty specimens, mainly from Lai Chau in northwestern
Tonkin and Vientiane on the Mekong River in Laos. For the
privilege of reviewing this collection, I am indebted to Gerrit S.
Miller, Curator of Mammals.

Finally, a further Indo-Chinese collection of mammals has lately
been acquired by Field Museum through cooperation with Delacour.
This consists of some 215 specimens, including species not otherwise
well represented and providing welcome information as to ranges
and relationships. The collection was made by Delacour and assist-
ants during a brief expedition from November 18, 1931, to January
26, 1932. A much more extensive expedition had been intended
but circumstances prevented and work was confined to a few localities
about the Boloven Plateau in southern Laos. The exact localities,
all of which are near latitude 15° N., are described by Delacour,
as follows:

198 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

Pakse. On the Mekong River. Altitude 300 feet.

Thateng. On the eastern border of the Boloven Plateau, ninety
kilometers northeast of Pakse. Altitude 3,000 feet.

Banphone. On the side of the Boloven Plateau, forty kilometers
east of Thateng. Altitude 600 feet.

Saravane. Forty-five kilometers northeast of Thateng. Altitude
4,800 feet.

Paleng. Four kilometers northeast of Thateng. Altitude 2,500
feet.

Bassac. On the right (west) bank of the Mekong nearly opposite
Pakse. Altitude 300 feet.

Phukong Ntoul. Twenty-five kilometers southwest of Thateng.
Altitude 4,800 feet.

Owing to its late arrival just as this report was being completed
for the press, the last Delacour collection has not had wholly satis-
factory examination mainly because all the skulls were not cleaned
and the larger skins not "made up." It has seemed important,
however, to list all the specimens and so far as possible to bring
knowledge of the region to date.

Although the several collections above mentioned cover by far
the larger part of the mammals of Tonkin, Laos, and Annam, and
although in studying them it has been necessary to review practically
the entire mammal fauna, the time for an exhaustive account of
the mammals of Indo-China is still in the future. Such an account
preferably should combine field work and museum study. For the
present, therefore, I have been content to record mainly the material
in hand. In order to bring the work of recent years together, how-
ever, the records published in four papers by Thomas have been
collated and included so far as possible. Therefore all the expeditions
sponsored or participated in by Delacour are covered.

In recording specimens from the different collections, slight
abbreviations have been used as follows:

1. K.-R. — Kelley-Roosevelts Expedition, including specimens
collected by Theodore Roosevelt, Kermit Roosevelt, C. Suydam
Cutting, Herbert Stevens, Jack Young, Harold J. Coolidge, Jr.,
Russell W. Hendee, Ralph E. Wheeler, Josselyn Van Tyne. Material
in Field Museum.

2. D. & L. 1929-30. — Specimens collected by Jean Delacour,
P. Jabouille, Willoughby Lowe, and H. Poilane. Material in British
Museum, Field Museum and Paris Museum.

1932

MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD

199

3. WULSIN 1924. — Specimens collected by F. R. Wulsin. Material
in United States National Museum.

4. DEL. 1931-32. — Specimens collected by Jean Delacour.
Material in Field Museum.

5. REC. 1925-29. — Specimens collected by Herbert Stevens, Jean
Delacour, Willoughby Lowe. Material in British Museum and Paris
Museum. Records published in Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1925, pp.
495-506; 1927, pp. 41-58; 1928, pp. 139-150; 1928 (Jan., 1929),
pp. 831-841.

In the lists of specimens, Indo-Chinese localities have their
respective provinces indicated by the initial letters, as A. for Annam,
L. for Laos, C. for Cambodia, C.C. for Cochin China.

New forms described are as follows:

Pithecus delacouri

Macaco, assamensis coolidgei

Triaenops wheeleri

Myotis siligorensis alticraniatus

Discopus denticulus

Neotetracus sinensis fulvescens

Chodsigoa lowei

Belomys pearsoni blandus

Callosciurus erythraeus hendeei

Callosciurus flavimanus bolovensis
Dremomys -pyrrhomerus gularis
Tamiops monticolm olivaceus
Typhlomys cinereus chapensis
Rattus indosinicus
Dacnomys millardi ingens
Vandeleuria dumeticola scandens
Eothenomys custos hintoni
Ochotona cansa stevensi

Muntiacus rooseveltorum

Hylobates concolor Harlan. BLACK GIBBON.

Hylobates concolor Harlan, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 5, part 2, p. 231,
pis. 9,10, 1837— Borneo (sic!); Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 736,
1927— "Hainan or the adjoining mainland of Tonkin, and not from
Borneo"; Kloss, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 124, 1929 — "undoubtedly
. . . Hainan."

D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 8; Hoi Xuan, A. 1.

Although there have been reports of entirely black gibbons on
the mainland of Tonkin, the only specimen previously recorded from
there is the one forming the basis of the name nasutus, a synonym
of concolor. This is said to have come from Along Bay, the exact
locality being unknown. The present specimens, therefore, provide
welcome information as to the exact district in which the typical
form is found. Its range is evidently quite limited since the white-
cheeked form, leucogenys, occurs not far inland and the buff-cheeked
one, gabriellae, immediately to the southward.

The series from Chapa, which is fairly well inland, includes only
two wholly black examples, both apparently males. One of these
is a native skin without skull and the other had only preliminary

200 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

examination before being withdrawn by Delacour for mounting and
exhibit at the French Colonial Exposition. The remainder are young
and females in the buff phase quite indistinguishable from leucogenys.
Their very bright, golden buff color is evidently somewhat different
from the silvery gray shown by the female from Hainan described
and figured by Pocock (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., pp. 169-180, pi. 5,
1905). It is possible, therefore, that they should be regarded as
grading toward leucogenys.

The specimen from Hoi Xuan, which is much nearer the coast,
is jet black throughout and in thick, almost woolly pelage somewhat
as described for the original type of the species. The locality is but
a short distance from Phuqui where Delacour (Kloss, 1929, p. 125)
has reported the white-cheeked form. Collector's measurements of
this specimen are: head and body 450; hind foot 150; ear 39.
Although it was marked female by the collector, it is probably
an adult male.

Hylobates concolor leucogenys Ogilby. WHITE-CHEEKED GIBBON.

Hylobates leutogenys Ogilby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 20, 1840 — "Siam."
Hylobates henrici Pousargues, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, p. 367, 1896 —

Lai Chau, Tonkin.
Hylobates concolor leucogenys Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., pp. 738-739,

Sept., 1927; Kloss, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 125, April, 1929— suggests

Pak Lay, Mekong River, Laos, as type locality.

K.-R.— Lai Chau, T. 2 (ad. cT, ad. 9); Lao Fou Tchai, T. 1
(ad. 9); Muong Moun, T. 1 (im. cf); Muong Yo, L. 2 (im. rf1).
WULSIN 1924.— Phong Saly, L. 5 (3 ad. 9,2 im. d").
D. &L. 1929-30.— Savannaket, L. 1 (<?); "Annam," 1; "Laos," 1.

From one of the least-known gibbons, this form now becomes
one well represented by specimens of various ages and sexes. It
is evidently common in northwestern Tonkin and northern Laos.
The papers of Pocock and Kloss have gradually cleared up much
of the uncertainty in the classification of this group and it remains
for this series, with its topotypes of "henrici," to show that name
to be an absolute synonym of leucogenys.

Adult males of this form are pure black with clear, white cheek-
patches. Young males are much the same except that the white
may be somewhat dingy and the hairs mostly have dark bases.
A young female in the dark phase has light cheek-patches as in the
male but they are very faintly tinged with buff and the black of the
body shows a slight grayish mixture on the lower back and rump.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 201

Adult females are very handsome animals with long full pelage,
colored rich, golden, ochraceous buff, usually paler on the back and
richer on the sides and limbs. In the change from the dark to the
light phase the black appears to be retained longest on the breast,
except of course on the crown, where it is permanent.

The changes in color which take place with growth in these
gibbons are still imperfectly understood. A letter recently received
from M. Delacour makes the following interesting contribution.
"A male Hylobates concolor here [Cleres, Seine Inferieure, France]
since 1926 and about nine years old, suddenly turned gray this year.
He is the gray of, say, a silver rabbit, with head, hands, and a point
on the back black. Another one in Paris, about six years old, but
of the leucogenys race, is also alike. I never saw one like them at
liberty."

Hylobates concolor gabriellae Thomas. BUFF-CHEEKED GIBBON.

Hylobates gabriellae Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), 4, p. 112, 1909 —

Langbian, Annam.
Hylobates concolor gabriellae Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 740, 1927;

Kloss, ibid., p. 125, 1929.

DEL. 1931-32.— Thateng, L. 2 ( 9 ).

The identity of these females is substantiated by Delacour's
statement (in litt.) that a male seen in captivity in Thateng had
the yellowish or buffy cheeks characteristic of gabriellae.

Pygathrix nemaea Linnaeus. Douc LANGUR.

Simia nemaeus Linnaeus, Mant. Plant., p. 521, 1771 — Cochin China.
Pygathrix nemaeus Elliot, Rev. Primates, 3, p. 98, 1912; Thomas, Proc. Zool.
Soc. Lond., p. 127, footnote, 1911.

REC. 1925-29.— Col des Nuages, A. 2; Nape", L. 3.

Although long known, this handsome monkey is seldom seen in
collections. It is not represented in the most recent accessions from
Indo-China. For the present, the generic separation of this species
and its close ally nigripes from other langurs as proposed by Thomas
may be accepted as a matter of convenience although it is evident
that further study is needed.

Pygathrix nigripes Milne-Edwards. BLACK-FOOTED Douc.

Semnopithecus nigripes Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris,
6, p. 7, 1871 — Saigon, Cochin China.

REC. 1925-29.— Djiring, A. 6.

202 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

Not represented in the most recent collections. The question
of the specific or subspecific relationship between this form and
nemaea and the status of Presbytis nemaeus moi Kloss have been
discussed by Thomas (1928) and without further material nothing
can be added.

Pithecus germaini Milne-Edwards. GERMAIN'S LANGUR.

Semnopithecus Germani Milne-Edwards, Bull. Soc. Philom., (6), 11, p. 8,

1876 — Cochin China and Cambodia.
Presbytis margarita Elliot, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), 4, p. 271, 1909 —

Langbian, Annam.

D. & L. 1929-30.—? Lao Bao, A. 4.
REC. 1925-28.— Cochin China, 3.

Four skins without skulls are in the collection obtained by the
botanist Poilane. That these came from Lao Bao in central Annam,
as stated on the labels, is doubtful. In Lowe's field catalogue, they
were originally entered as from Memos, Cambodia, but this was
later lined out and overwritten Lao Bao, Annam.

Pocock (Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., 32, p. 667, 1928) has
suggested that this species is only a local representative of the
pyrrhus series directly connected with crepusculus through the
supposed form called margarita. After examination of the type of
margarita, I find it difficult to accept this conclusion. This type
is slightly grayer and softer-coated than most specimens of germaini,
but it is essentially the same animal and quite distinct from crepus-
culus. Possibly a very slight subspecies of germaini may be differen-
tiated on the Langbian Plateau, but until it is represented by more
than the single type specimen of margarita, that name is best treated
as a synonym.

Pithecus pyrrhus argenteus Kloss. SILVERY LANGUR.

Presbytis argenteus Kloss, Jour. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam, 3, pp. 338-340, 1919 —
Lat Bua Kao, 40 miles west of Korat, east-central Siam.

K.-R. — Muong Mo, T. 1; Muong Yo, L. 4; Namu River between
Muong Ngoi and Luang Prabang, L. 1.
D. & L. 1929-30.— Hoi Xuan, A. 3.
DEL. 1931-32.— Banphone, L. 2.
REC. 1925-29.— Phuqui, A. 3; Sambor, C. 3; Xieng Kuang, L. 1.

This is the palest of the pyrrhus series, the general color silvery
gray with little or no tinge of brownish. It is most similar to P. p.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS— OSGOOD 203

crepusculus of Tenasserim, but the color is paler, near the Smoke
Gray of Ridgway. It is a slight form occupying northern and eastern
Siam, northern Laos, and adjoining parts of Tonkin. A considerable
series from various parts of this region has the common character
of paleness as compared with any of the western forms occupying
the region from northern Burma to Tenasserim and southwestern
Siam.

In his recent study of the group, Pocock (Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist.
Soc., 32, pp. 667-675, 1928) followed the conservative course of
referring several of the pale specimens of this form to crepusculus.
With considerable additional material, I have reexamined all the
specimens of the pyrrhus group in the British Museum with the
very courteous cooperation of Mr. Pocock, and it now seems that
the facts are best represented by the segregation of the northeastern
material under a separate name. This apparently should be argenteus
of Kloss which seems not to have been considered by Pocock.

If regarded as a linear series, running from dark color to light,
the group is found to have barbei at one extreme and argenteus at
the other, leaving phayrei, shanicus, and crepusculus as more or less
definite stages between the two. Beginning with barbei in Upper
Burma, we have a form with very dark brown upper parts and
whitish, contrasted under parts; next is phayrei, as represented by
upper Chindwin specimens, which is lighter brown, but still with
sharply contrasted under parts; then shanicus with under parts less
contrasted; then crepusculus, which is only slightly less brown than
shanicus but has less contrasted under parts and lighter tail and
legs; finally argenteus, grayish throughout including the under parts,
which merge insensibly with the upper parts.

The type of crepusculus from Mount Mooleyit, Tenasserim, is
a distinctly brownish specimen as compared with argenteus and is,
in fact, only a shade lighter than shanicus, although it has a more
grayish tail and less contrasted under parts. It stands in a somewhat
intermediate position not only between argenteus and the brown
forms of Burma, but it perhaps also connects with the darker ones
(flavicauda and atrior} of south Tenasserim. The type of wroughtoni
from "Pachebun" ( = Petchaburi), Siam, unquestionably falls with
crepusculus and, as noted by Pocock, is a "brownish specimen."

The name argenteus is unfortunate on account of the earlier
Semnopithecus argentatus (Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. East India Co.,
p. 7, 1851). In a descriptive sense, however, it is most appropriate.

204 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII
Pithecus poliocephalus Trouessart. GRAY-HEADED LANGUR.

Semnopithecus (Lophopithecus) poliocephalus Trouessart, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., (8), 8, pp. 271-272, pi. 7, Aug., 1911— Kai-Chin, northeastern
Tonkin.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Cac Ba Island, Bay of Along, T. 6.
REC. 1925-29.— Hanoi Zoological Garden, T. 1.

Among the most valuable specimens obtained by Delacour and
Lowe in 1930 are six well-prepared examples of this fine species,
heretofore known only from the type in the Paris Museum and one
zoological park specimen in the British Museum. They bear out
the characters previously noted and figured. As indicated by the
skulls, which differ only in minor characters, the species is obviously
related only to P. francoisi, P. laotum, and P. delacouri, but it differs
from any of these more than they do from each other. Its pelage
is slightly coarser, the hairs of the back and sides are much longer,
and the tail is not so heavily haired. Hence, while intergradation
between the others is perhaps not unlikely, it is probable that
poliocephaltLS is fully distinct. It is possible that it is confined to
the islands of the Bay of Along, since northeastern Tonkin, from
which the type was supposed to come, is in the region inhabited by
francoisi.

In Lowe's field catalogue, the following note occurs regarding
this species. "A curious weak and feeble sort of monkey, feeding
on leaves of small bushes. When in danger, it takes refuge in large
holes in the limestone hills on which it lives. It is tame, lives in
small lots of eight to fifteen, and is very sociable. They are often
seen all huddled together on the rocks. Its coloration is decidedly
protective, if it has any enemies."

Pithecus francoisi Pousargues. TONKIN LANGUR.

Semnopithecus Francoisi Pousargues, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, p. 319,
1898 — Long Tcheou, Kwangsi, China.

REC. 1925-29.— Backan, T. 1; Langson, T. 2; "Tonkin," 1.

Not obtained by the Kelley-Roosevelts or Delacour and Lowe
expeditions.

Pithecus laotum Thomas. LAOS LANGUR.

Pithecus laotum Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), 7, p. 181, Feb., 1921—
Ba Na Sao, Mekong River, Laos.

Although the Kelley-Roosevelts Expedition passed through the
region inhabited by this rare monkey, they failed to secure it.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS— OSGOOD 205

Pithecus delacouri sp. nov. DELACOUR'S WHITE-BACKED LANGUR
(Plate X, facing p. 208).

Type from Hoi Xuan, northeastern Annam. No. 32.4.19.2.
British Museum. Adult male. Collected Feb. 15, 1930, by J.
Delacour and Willoughby Lowe. Orig. No. 1,878.

Diagnosis. — Allied to P. francoisi and P. laotum, but differing
strikingly from both in having the rump and outer side of the thighs
pure creamy white; white markings on head more restricted than
in laotum, but more extensive than in francoisi. Fur soft and thick;
mantle not highly developed; tail heavily haired throughout, indi-
vidual hairs reaching a length of about 50 mm.

Color. — Body, arms, lower legs, and tail shining glossy black;
lower back and rump with about two-thirds of the proximal part
of the outer sides of the thighs pure creamy white with sharply
defined boundaries between it and the adjoining black areas; head
mainly black with a white patch behind each ear and a narrow grayish
white line from the anterior base of the ear to the angle of the mouth;
sides of neck and elongated hairs on cheeks dark sooty grayish; back
of neck slightly tinged with brownish.

Skutt. — Essentially as in francoisi and laotum, possibly a trifle
larger.

Measurements. — Adult male and female measured by the collector:
total length 1,400, 1,410; head and body 580, 570; tail 820, 840;
hind foot 183, — ; ear 40, 43. Skull of type: basal length 98.4;
palatal length 35.4; postorbital constriction 49.3; zygomatic width
87; width of braincase 65; orbital width 69.3; upper toothrow to
front of canine 36.8; without canine 28.9.

Remarks. — The discovery of this handsome monkey is one of
the conspicuous results of Delacour's expedition of 1930. It is most
appropriate, therefore, to have it bear his name.

The species belongs to the restricted group which includes
poliocephalus, francoisi, and laotum. These in turn evidently are
related to P. potenziani of the West Sumatran Mentawi Islands,
a very distinct species not heretofore closely associated with any
other. Although it differs strikingly in its pure white rump and
thighs, delacouri seems otherwise to stand somewhat between fran-
coisi and laotum, both of which are as yet represented in collections
by very few specimens. Each stands out at present as well distin-
guished, but it is not difficult to believe that intergrades between

206 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

the three may be found later. In any case it is probable that they
are quite local in distribution. P. poliocephalus may well be quite
distinct, notwithstanding its superficial white on the rump and
thighs suggesting that of delacouri, for its almost wholly light-colored
head and its slender, short-haired tail set it apart.

Similar habits are reported for all these forms, all being some-
what terrestrial and rock-loving despite their long tails.
A convenient key for distinguishing them is as follows:
Rump and thighs pure black.

Head mainly black with a white stripe on lower cheeks and

around ear • francoisi.

Head mainly white with a black crest and narrow frontal

line N laotum.

Rump and thighs partly or wholly white or buffy.

Entire head and nape light golden buffy poliocephalus.

Top of head black with white behind ears and on cheeks.

delacouri.

Pithecus sp.?

Among the mammals collected by F. R. Wulsin for the United
States National Museum is a skin with skull of a wholly black
langur labeled simply "French Indo-China." It is possible that
this may represent still another form of the series including potenziani,
laotum, francoisi, etc., but since it has no exact locality and since
it is not supported by other specimens from the region, it seems best
to leave its specific determination until better material may be
available. The black langur of Java (P. auratus or maurus), which
appears to be the only known species described as entirely black,
has not been examined in this connection.

Rhinopithecus roxellanae Milne-Edwards. GOLDEN MONKEY.

Semnopithecus Roxellanae Milne-Edwards, Comptes Rendus, Paris, 70, p.

341, 1870 — Mouping, Szechwan, China.
Rhinopithecus roxellanae Milne-Edwards, Rech. Mamm., p. 233, pis. 36, 37,

1870-75; De Winton, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 572, pi. 31, 1889.

K.-R. — Mountains near Mouping at altitude 7,500 feet,
Szechwan, China, 10.

One fine adult male, various partly grown animals of both sexes,
and two very small young, perhaps but a few days old, are in this
series. As in the specimen described and figured by De Winton

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 207

(I.e.), the adult is more extensively ochraceous on the forehead and
cheeks than in the original figure of Milne-Edwards. The hands
also are bright-colored, but the color of the back and sides agrees
more nearly with the figure of Milne-Edwards than with that of
De Winton.

The newly born young, the coloration of which is doubtless
undescribed, has thick, soft, and crenulate pelage, with the ears
heavily tufted, but there is no indication of the color markings of
the adult. Head, body, and legs Light Buff, the hairs of the head
and back heavily tipped with deep brown slightly darker than
Mummy Brown, the outer sides of the arms heavily and of the legs
lightly washed with brownish drab; under parts and inner sides of
arms and legs Light Buff without tipping; tail brownish drab, the
hairs with light bases in its proximal half.

In partly grown specimens the head remains light-colored with
dark-tipped hairs while the back soon acquires hairs with dark bases
and broad, light, buffy tips. The rich ochraceous hues do not appear
until late, at least not until the second and perhaps not until the
third year.

The habits of these monkeys are very little known and about
all that can be said is that they inhabit dense mountain forests.
Evidence of this is found in the account of the taking of these speci-
mens by Theodore Roosevelt from which the following may be
quoted.1

"The undergrowth was dense — a tangle of vines and dead wood.
The slope was steep. Soon we were in a bamboo jungle where the
dust from dried leaves choked us as we gasped for breath. For
better than an hour we stumbled upward without seeing a thing.
Then we reached a razor-backed ridge down which we threaded our
way, peering from side to side through blanket-like foliage.

"It seemed an almost hopeless mission when a native suddenly
shrieked with excitement and pointed toward the tree-tops. We
could see nothing but started scrambling ahead. Kermit was in
front. When my eye caught motion among some branches to the
right, I stopped and a second later glimpsed a yellow shape. It
was impossible to get a shot with a rest, as the jungle was neck-high,
so I whipped up my rifle and fired offhand. I was in luck, for the
monkey fell crashing through the branches. It was a splendid dog-
ape, with a mane of long, grayish-yellow hair down its back and the

trailing the Giant Panda, Scribner's, New York, pp. 172-173, 1929.

208 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

most brilliant orange on its belly. It was as big as an eight-year-old
child. A second later I saw another and brought it down with two
shots. Then Kermit started shooting just beyond me, and for a
few minutes it sounded like a miniature battle as we fired at half-seen
shapes flitting through the tree-tops."

Presbytiscus avunculus Dollman. TONKIN SNUB-NOSED MONKEY.

Rhinopithecus avunculus Dollman, Abstr. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., No. 106,
p. 18, Mar. 26, 1912; Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 503, June, 1912— Yen-bay,
Songkoi River, Tonkin.

Presbytiscus avunculus Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 300, Mar., 1924.

REC. 1925-29.— Backan, T. 12.

Although Delacour and Lowe obtained a fine series of twelve
specimens of this monkey at Backan, Tonkin, in 1925-26 (Thomas,
1928, p. 140), it is not represented in subsequent collections, and
is otherwise known only from the type and one immature paratype.

Macaca irus F. Cuvier. CRAB-EATING MACAQUE.

Macacus irus F. Cuvier, Mem. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, 4, p. 120, 1818; Cabrera,
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), 6, p. 620, 1910— Sumatra.

K.-R.— Saigon, C.C. 1.

A single specimen of the usual coloration with grayish feet was
obtained at Saigon by Theodore Roosevelt.

Macaca mulatta Zimmermann. RHESUS MACAQUE.

Cercopithecus mulatta Zimmermann, Geog. Gesch. Mensch., 2, p. 195, 1780—

based on Pennant's "Tawny Monkey" from India.
Inuus sancti-johannis Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 555, 1866 — North

Lena Island, Hongkong, China.
Pithecus littoralis Elliot, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), 4, p. 250, 1909— Kuatun,

Fukien, China.

Pithecus brachyurus Elliot, supra cit., p. 251 — island of Hainan, China.
Pithecus brevicaudus Elliot, Rev. Primates, 2, p. 216, 1912 — substitute for

P. brachyurus, preoccupied.
Macaca siamica Kloss, Jour. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam, 2, p. 247, May, 1917 —

Me Ping rapids below Chiengmai, Siam.
Macaca mulatta Hinton and Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., 27,

p. 668, July 31, 1921; G. M. Allen, Am. Mus. Novit., No. 429, pp. 1-3,

1930.

K.-R.— Muong Bourn, T. 1; Muong Moun, T. 1; Nam Yu, L. 1.

REC. 1925-29.— Phuqui, A. 4.

WULSIN 1924.— Mekong River, L. 1; Vientiane, L. 2.

Field Museum of Natural History Zoology, Vol. XVIII, Plate X

DELACOUH'S LANGUR (Pilhecus delacouri sp. nov.)
Type specimen

E

OF THE
iTY Qf

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 209

Comparison of the above material with specimens from northern
India (Nepal and Kumaon) in the British Museum reveals no
appreciable differences in color. The type of Elliot's littoralis was
also examined in this connection with the same result, thus confirming
the recent conclusion of Allen (supra cit.) that both littoralis and
sancti-johannis are synonyms of mulatto,. The same author finds
brevicaudus Elliot of Hainan indistinguishable and gives little or
no encouragement for the recognition of any of the names tcheliensis,
lasiotus, and vestitus which, therefore, are much better in synonymy
than elsewhere, at least until they can be fully defined on the basis
of adequate material. M. siamica of northern Siam also belongs
in this series and, until distinguishing characters are adduced for
it, must be regarded as unrecognizable.1

Macaca assamensis coolidgei subsp. nov. COOLIDGE'S MACAQUE.

Type from Hoi Xuan, Annam. No. 32.4.19.1. British Museum.
Adult male. Collected Jan. 19, 1930, by J. Delacour and W. Lowe.
Orig. No. 1,824.

Diagnosis. — Similar to M. assamensis, but tail decidedly shorter
and coloration more grayish, especially on the arms and legs.

Color. — General color of body, shoulders, back, and rump Cinna-
mon Brown, brightest on shoulders and nape, the hairs dark Hair
Brown basally and indistinctly annulated Cinnamon Brown and
dusky apically; arms, legs and tail decidedly grayish in contrast to
body color, the hairs pale Mouse Gray basally and slightly grizzled
Hair Brown superficially; under parts and inner sides of arms and
legs soiled whitish, the hairs self-colored.

Skull. — Essentially as in assamensis, possibly a little larger with
slightly heavier dentition.

Measurements. — Type, measured by collectors: total length 805
(888, 900) ;2 head and body 575 (560, 580); tail 230 (328, 320); hind
foot 173 (168, 168). Adult male from Chapa, Tonkin: total length
815; head and body 600; tail 215; hind foot 167. Skull of type:
condylo-basilar length 103; zygomatic width 95.8; width of brain-

1 Since this was written a revision of the group by Pocock has appeared (Jour.
Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., 35, pp. 530-551, 1932) in which brevicaudus and siamica
are disposed as synonyms of mulatta, sancti-johannis is recognized with littoralis
as synonym, and tcheliensis and lasiotus are also recognized as slight subspecies
of mulatta.

2 Measurements in parentheses are those of two typical assamensis from
Darjeeling and Sikkim measured by the collector, C. A. Crump.

210 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

case 66.5; postorbital constriction 43.2; width across orbits 75.3;
condyle to back of molars 54.5; upper toothrow including canine
50.3; molar series 27; basal length of canine 11.7.

Remarks. — The tail in this form is so much shorter than in typical
assamensis that this character is readily apparent in the comparison
of specimens without recourse to exact measurements. The grayish
color of the limbs in contrast to the body also is very obvious. In
other respects there is every evidence of close relationship to
assamensis rather than to any other macaque. In fact, a single
specimen from Muong Moun in northwestern Tonkin, although
doubtless referable to coolidgei, may perhaps be regarded as tending
slightly toward assamensis, the limbs being less grayish and the
tail a little longer than in the series from eastern Tonkin.

Such variation as appears in the series of nine specimens from
Chapa is away from assamensis rather than toward it; that is, it
consists in extension of the grayish from the legs to the body rather
than vice versa. In one specimen the entire upper parts behind the
shoulders are sooty grayish without contrast with the legs. The
skull of this specimen is also somewhat peculiar with a narrow
basioccipital, small triangular nares, and weak molars; but material
is not sufficient to determine what this may signify.

On the label of the type specimen the collector has made the
following notation. "Bare skin of body and everywhere beneath
fur pale blue, except region around sex organs and lower belly
white; face and muzzle dark brown; forehead bluish flesh as low
as half way across center of eyes; hands and feet brownish flesh."

Although the specimen selected as type was not collected by him,
I have taken the opportunity to name it for Harold J. Coolidge, Jr.,
who was the leader of the Indo-Chinese section of the Kelley-
Roosevelts Expedition and who is especially interested in the
Primates.

Specimens examined. — Total 11, from the following localities:
Chapa, T. 9 (D. & L.); Hoi Xuan, A. 1 (D. & L.); Muong Moun,
T. 1 (K.-R.).

Macaca (Lyssodes) speciosa F. Cuvier. STUMP-TAILED MACAQUE.

Macacus speciosus F. Cuvier, Hist. Nat. Mamm., pi. 47, 1825 — no locality.

Pithecus speciosus Elliot, Rev. Primates, 2, pp. 190-193, 1912 — "Burma and
Cochin China, etc."

Macacus arctoides Geoffroy and various authors.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 211

Macacus harmandi Trouessart, Le Natural., p. 10, 1897 — mountains between
Cambodia and Siam.

Lyssodes speciosus Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., pp. 1497, 1571, 1926 —
Burma.

K.-R.— Muong Moun, T. 2.
D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 3.
REC. 1925-29.— Col des Nuages, A. 1.

The stump-tailed macaques of Tonkin, especially those from
Chapa, are in general less reddish brown than those from north-
eastern India (Naga Hills) and Tenasserim, but seem best referred
to speciosa, at least until definite localities are fixed for several
names in the group. An adult male from Muong Moun is decidedly
browner than examples from Chapa and also differs in having the
top and sides of the head distinctly grizzled, but without more
material than is at hand as this is written, any attempt at separation
is scarcely justified. Comparison also has been made with the type
of Pithecus pullus Howell, of Fukien, which as shown by G. M. Allen
(Am. Mus. Novit., No. 429, pp. 3-4, 1930) is a synonym of M. s.
melli Matschie. Material in hand differs from this type in less
brownish and less uniform coloration, the hairs mostly having some
degree of annulation. The distinctions between speciosa and rufescens
Anderson, both so far without definite localities, apparently need
clarification. If these should prove to be the same, a form from
northern Siam and Tonkin might be recognized under the name
harmandi.

As to the use of the name speciosa instead of arctoides, about
which there has been some question, I am much inclined to agree
with Elliot and Pocock. At the time speciosa was published it was
by no means unidentifiable from the contemporary standpoint. As
the earliest name for one of several forms in a restricted group, it
should by all means be applied to one of them. The rejection of
such names tends to loose nomenclatural practice in which individual
opinion is given rein far beyond what is desirable. Although no
code has done so, it would be quite possible to formulate a rule
which would cover cases of this kind and contribute to uniformity
of usage.

Nycticebus bengalensis cinereus Milne-Edwards. ASHY SLOW
LEMUR.

Nyclicebus cinereus Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus., Bull., 3, p. 11, pi. 3,
1867 — Siam and Cochin China.

212 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

Nycticebus cinereus Lyon, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 31, p. 532, 1906 — Bangkok,

Siam, suggested as type locality.
Nycticebus cinereus Kloss, Jour. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam, 2, p. 77, 1906; ibid.,

p. 289, 1917 — specimens from Koh Lak, Siam.

Nycticebus coucang cinereus Kloss, supra cit., 3, p. 51, 1918 — Wang Pong, Siam.
Nycticebus bengalensis Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 43, 1927.
K.-R. — Vientiane, L. 1.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Near Hue, A. 1; Lao Bao, A. 1.
DEL. 1931-32.— Pakse, L. 1; Thateng, L. 1.
REC. 1925-29.— Xieng Kuang, L. 1.

A fine adult male was obtained by R. E. Wheeler at Vientiane.
In this specimen the usual "frosting" on the posterior half of the body
has been worn away, leaving this part a bright and nearly clear
Russet. This tone is carried with lighter mixture down the hind
legs and over the proximal part of the fore legs whence it extends
across the under parts, thus pervading the entire animal except on
the head, throat, forearms and feet. The same pervading color-
tone is seen in the specimen from Xieng Kuang, referred by Thomas
to bengalensis (1927, p. 43), and also in an incomplete skin in the
British Museum from the vicinity of Raheng, Siam, this last from
the type region of cinereus. In two specimens from the Naga Hills,
Assam, representing bengalensis (Thomas, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist.
Soc., 28, p. 433, 1922) the prevailing tone of color is cinnamon rather
than russet, which gives the general effect of a much duller-colored
animal. Therefore it may be possible to recognize cinereus as a
subspecies of bengalensis occupying Siam and southern Laos. Aside
from this slight color difference, there appears to be little or no
distinction.

A cotype of N. cinereus is in the British Museum, but the skin,
having been exposed as a mounted specimen, does not offer color
characters except as to distribution of markings. There is evidence
of a dark marking at the upper anterior base of the ear and another
above the eye, but neither is definitely connected with the median
dark line which reaches the occiput. No attempt has been made to
determine the relationships of N. tenasserimensis Elliot 1913 and
N. incanus Thomas 1921 (Lower Pegu, Burma), both of which may
be subspecies of bengalensis.

Nycticebus pygmaeus Bonhote. PIGMY SLOW LEMUR.

Nycticebus pygmaeus Bonhote, Abstr. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1907, p. 2,
Jan. 22, 1907; Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., pp. 4-5, figs. 1, 2 (skull), pi. 2 (col.),
1907 — Nhatrang, Annam.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 213

K.-R.— Lai Chau, T. 1; Phong Saly, L. 1; Saigon, C.C. 1.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Hoi Xuan, A. 1; Lung Lunh, A. 1; Then Loa,
A. 1; Thy-ba, A. 1.

DEL. 1931-32.— Thateng, L. 1.

REC. 1925-29.— Hue, A. 1; Kontoum, A. 2; Phuqui, A. 1; Thai
Nien, T. 1.

This very distinct species is now shown to range from Cochin
China northward through Annam to southern Laos. In most of this
region it seems to occupy territory from which the larger bengalensis
type is excluded, but both have been recorded from Hue, and it is
evident that their ranges overlap in Laos. The small size and rela-
tively uniform color are sufficient for ready recognition of the species
without recourse to other pronounced characters. However, the
statement in the original description that there is "no sign of any
dark line down the back" does not hold and, as noted by Thomas,
it is probable that the color of the type was somewhat altered by
preservative. In recent specimens, especially those in which the
superficial "frosting" is worn away, a dark line, Russet to Mars
Brown in color, runs from the shoulders to the lumbar region and
is well distinguished from the surrounding Tawny. Except for the
absence of any indication of this line, the colored figure published
with the original description is a good representation of the animal.

Rousettus leschenaulti Desmarest. LESCHENAULT'S FRUIT BAT.

Pteropus leschenaulti Desmarest, Encycl. Meth., Mamm., 1, p. 110, 1820 —
Pondicherry, northern India.

REC. 1925-29.— Backan, T. 1.

This bat is known from Nepal to southern China (Amoy).
Therefore, the above record, although apparently the only one from
Indo-China, has no especial significance.

Pteropus vampyrus malaccensis Andersen. MALACCA FRUIT BAT.

Pteropus vampyrus malaccensis Andersen, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), 2, p.
368, Oct., 1908— Kuala Tembeling, Pahang, Malay Peninsula.

REC. 1925-29.— Hug, A. 2; Phuquoc Island, C. 3.

These are the easternmost records of this typically Malayan bat.
It is not represented in the most recent collections.

Cynopterus sphinx Vahl. SPHINX FRUIT BAT.

VespertUio sphinx Vahl, Skr. Nat. Selsk., 4, Heft 1, p. 123, 1797— Tranquebar,
India.

214 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

K.-R. — Muong Mo, T. 11; Phouc Mon, Quangtri, A. 1.
REC. 1925-29.— Hu§, A. 2; Kontoum, A. 1; Siem Reap, C. 1;
Tay Ninh, C.C. 7.

These include the most northeastern records for the species,
which is mainly Indian and East Indian. All the Tonkin specimens
are in the dark color phase and average large in size, the forearm
being 70 or more. The Phouc Mon specimen is smaller with a
forearm of 66.

Megaerops ecaudatus Temminck.

Pachysoma eeaudatum Temminck, Monog. Mamm., 2, p. 94, 1837 — Padang,
Malay Peninsula.

REC. 1925-29.— Dakto, A. 3.

Although long known, this bat is still very rare and the specimens
recorded by Thomas (1927, p. 44) from Annam are not only the first
for Indo-China, but are among the very few examples preserved in
museums.

Eonycteris spelaea Dobson.

Macroglossus spelaeus Dobson, Proc. As. Soc. Beng., pp. 105-106, May,
1871; Jour. As. Soc. Beng., 40, p. 261, pi. 10, figs. 3, 4, June, 1871— Farm
Caves, Moulmein, Lower Burma.

K.-R.— Pa Ham, south of Lai Chau, T. 6.
DEL. 1931-32.— Thateng, L. 8.

The Tonkin record is the northernmost for the species, the type
being from Moulmein and others from Siam and Malaysia.

Rhinolophus lepidus subsp.?

K.-R.— Nguluko, Yunnan 3 (sk.), 8 (ale.).

These bats were taken at the same time and place as those
referred to R. affinis tener (p. 216) and like them do not seem referable
to any species previously recorded from China. Apparently they
are closely related to the series which includes lepidus (Indian Pen-
insula), monticola (Masuri, Punjab), refulgens (Malay Peninsula),
and shortridgei (Upper Burma). As judged by descriptions, they
do not agree exactly with any of these, but for the present it does
not seem advisable to add further names, since the material repre-
senting those already given is limited and their geographic ranges
cannot be determined with any certainty.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS— OSGOOD 215

The forearm in the present series is unusually long for a bat of
such small bodily size. It varies from 42.5 to 45.5 although the
skulls are no larger than in bats having a much shorter forearm.
The skulls are slightly smaller and have a shorter toothrow than in
lepidus and shortridgei, but they do not especially approach szech-
wanus in which the skull is not only smaller but differs in the shorter
palatal bridge. Specimens from Suifu, Szechwan, doubtfully referred
by Howell (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 75, p. 12, 1929) to szeckwanus
are said to have the forearm averaging 41.8 and perhaps may belong
to the form under consideration. Measurements of one of the skulls
from Nguluko are as follows: condyle to front of canine 14.5; zygo-
matic width 7.6; mastoid width 8.1; interorbital constriction 2.4;
width of nasal swellings 4.2; length of bony palate (palatal bridge)
3; upper toothrow to front of canine 5.8.

Rhinolophus blythi calidus Allen.

Rhinolophus blythi calidus Allen, Am. Mus. Novit., No, 85, p. 1, Aug. 28,
1923— Yenping, Fukien, China.

K.-R.— Muong Moun, T. 1 (sk.).
REC. 1925-29.— Tay Ninh, C.C. 5.

Among the large number of Rhinolophi collected in Tonkin, only
one specimen seems referable to the so-called "pusillus series." This
agrees in color, size, and cranial characters with material from
Fukien representing R. b. calidus. Specimens from Cochin China
referred to pusillus (R. minor of Andersen, 1905) by Thomas are
doubtless closely related if not identical. In 1905, Andersen gave
Java, Siam, and Darjeeling as the range of R. minor ( = pusillus),
but in 1918, when he named blythi and szechwanus, he had evidently
concluded the mainland forms to be separable. The distinctions are
not very clear at present and it might be preferable, at least until
suitable material from Java is obtained, to regard all the forms as
races of pusillus. However this may be, the Tonkin specimen agrees
with calidus, and that name may be used as proposed by Allen.

Rhinolophus blythi szechwanus Andersen.

Rhinolophus b. szechwanus Andersen, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), 2, pp. 376-
377, Oct., 1918— Chungking, Szechwan, China.

Herbert Stevens made considerable collections within the
range of this form, but failed to obtain it. The opportunity may
be taken, however, to record the measurements of the type speci-
men which were not specifically given with the original description.

216 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

These measurements were very carefully taken, transcribed and
forwarded by Miss Jane St. Leger to whom grateful acknowledgment
is made. They are as follows: head and body 36; tail 18; foot 6;
ear 14 (from collector's label). Forearm 38.9; lower leg without
foot 16 (from dried skin). Skull: total length occiput to anterior
base of canine 15; basion to gnathion 12.3; zygomatic width 7.2;
antorbital width 5; interorbital constriction 2.1; width of braincase
7.5; width between canines 1.8; length of bony palate (palatal bridge)
2; width of palate 3; upper toothrow to front of canine 5.6.

Rhinolophus affinis macrurus Andersen.

Rhinolophus affinis macrurus Andersen, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 103, 1905 —
Taho, Karennee, Burma.

K.-R. — Muong Bourn, T. 1; Muong Moun, south of Lai Chau,
T. 8 (sk.), 3 (ale.).

REC. 1925-29.— Langson, T. 5 (as R. affinis).

A topotype of R. a. macrurus loaned by the United States National
Museum shows detailed agreement with the material from Tonkin.
Comparison with specimens in the British Museum representing
himalayanus indicates only slight average difference in size and the
distinction of two forms is rather difficult.

The length of the forearm (51.5-54) serves to distinguish this
bat from all the other Rhinolophi of the region except R. pearsoni,
which has somewhat longer, more "woolly" pelage. A convenient
distinction between the skulls is found in the bony palatal bridge
which is decidedly longer in pearsoni (about 3.8) than in macrurus
(about 2.3).

Specimens from the island of Hainan representing R. hainanus
(J. A. Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., 22, p. 482, 1906) seem quite
indistinguishable from macrurus.

Rhinolophus affinis tener Andersen.

Rhinolophus affinis tener Andersen, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 103, pi. 3,
fig. 12, 1905— Pegu, Lower Burma.

K.-R.— Nguluko, Yunnan 10 (sk.), 18 (ale.).

Horseshoe bats of the affinis type have not been recorded
heretofore from China and the considerable distance in latitude and
climatic conditions between Yunnan and Lower Burma leads to some
doubt that the form called tener is quite the one under consideration.
The above-mentioned series, however, agrees in most particulars

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 217

with the description of tener and, in the present state of knowledge,
it seems the part of conservatism to add no further names to a group
already overburdened. Moreover, the type of tener appears to be
the only known specimen and it cannot be assumed that others
from the same region would not show some variation in dimensions.

The Yunnan specimens disagree with the description of tener in
having somewhat smaller teeth and longer metacarpals. The fore-
arm also is longer, but with only one specimen of typical tener
considered, this seems unimportant.

The forearms are nearly or quite as long (51-53.5) as in R. a.
macrurus, but the skulls are very much smaller and scarcely exceed
those of R. rouxi to which they show very great general similarity.
Relationship to rouxi, however, is excluded by the long second
phalanx of the third digit and by other characters.

Measurements of a Yunnan specimen compared with those of
the type of tener (in parentheses) are as follows: forearm 52.8 (50);
third metacarpal 38.6 (35.8); first phalanx 16.6 (14.3); second
phalanx 25.6 (25); fourth metacarpal 41.1 (37.1); first phalanx 11.6
(10); second phalanx 15.9 (14.3); fifth metacarpal 43 (38); first
phalanx 14.3 (11.8); second phalanx 10.7 (13.3); tail 24 (23); lower
leg 21.3 (23); foot 10.3 (12). Skull: total length 21 (21.9); width of
braincase 9.3 (9); zygomatic width 10.5 (10.5); supraorbital length
5.3 (5.2); width of nasal swellings 5.3 (5.7); upper teeth excluding
incisors 7.8 (8.7); lower teeth 8.8 (9.2).

Rhinolophus pearsoni chinensis Andersen.

Rhinolophus Pearsoni chinensis Andersen, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), 16,
p. 289, Sept., 1905— Kuatun, Fukien, China.

K.-R.— Chapa, T. 2; Muong Mo, T. 1; Muong Moun, T. 1.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 1 (ale.).

Since they agree in having a short tibia (25.5-26.5), these bats
are doubtless best referred to chinensis, although in other characters
they differ but little or not at all from typical pearsoni. The status
of R. yunnanensis from Hotha, Yunnan, is still uncertain and speci-
mens from that region, as well as series from Fukien, would be
welcome. The name chinensis was based on a single specimen and,
later, one other from southern Burma was referred to it by Andersen
(Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Gen., (3), 3, p. 477, Oct., 1907).

Rhinolophus subbadius Blyth.

Rhinolophus subbadius Blyth, Jour. As. Soc. Beng., 13, part 1, No. 150, p.
486, 1844— Nepal.

218 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

K.-R.— Muong Moun, T. 3 (sk.), 2 (ale.).

These appear to include the only extant modern skins and skulls
of this rare bat, smallest member of the genus Rhinolophus. The
type, from Nepal, is reputed to be in the Indian Museum at Calcutta,
but has had no recent examination. The type of R. garoensis from
the Garo Hills is also in the same museum. In 1905 (Proc. Zool.
Soc. Lond., p. 129, 1905) Andersen placed garoensis as a synonym
of subbadius, apparently with good reason, but in 1918, without
explanation, he dropped subbadius and used only garoensis. Evidence
for this change may have been published, but it has not come to
my notice, and I continue to use subbadius.

The specimens in hand are rather bright-colored, the hairs with
light bases and cinnamon tips. The under parts are paler anteriorly
and more like the back posteriorly and laterally. Measurements
of a specimen taken by R. E. Wheeler are: total length 46; tail 11;
hind foot 7. The forearm in the dry skin measures 32.7 ; lower leg 13 ;
ear from meatus 10.2; width of tragus 4. Measurements of the skull
are as follows: length to canine 14.4; mastoid width 6.6; width of
braincase 6.4; zygomatic width 6.7; width of nasal swelling 3.9;
mandible 9; upper teeth 5.5. These measurements indicate an
animal even smaller than that described as subbadius and garoensis.
A single skin without skull from southern Yunnan (near Mongtze?)
in the British Museum agrees with our specimens in size and color
and doubtless belongs to the same species.

Rhinolophus malayanus Bonhote.

Rhinolophus malayanus Bonhote, Fasciculi Malayenses, Zool., 1, p. 15 (author's
ed.), July, 1903— Biserat, Jalor, Malay States.

K.-R.— Muong Moun, T. 13 (sk.), 1 (ale.).

Specimens of the species represented by this series failed to be
included among those taken to London for direct comparison with
Andersen's material. Their identification as malayanus, therefore,
is provisional. Among the other Rhinolophi of the collection, they
are marked by the great contrast in the color of the upper and
under parts. In nearly all examples there is a well-marked light
area on the breast in which the hairs are wholly dull whitish without
any dark tipping. There is also a tendency to the formation of a
whitish area in the interorbital region just behind the lancet, and
the hairy front margin of the ears is whitish. The forearms measure
40-42. The skulls are slender, with narrow braincases, short palates
and rather well-developed nasal swellings.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 219

Rhinolophus sp.

K.-R.— Muong Mo, T. 3 (sk.); Muong Moun, T. 1 (sk.), 2 (ale.).

These bats evidently belong in the series which Andersen has
indicated as related to JR. borneensis and R. malayanus. They differ
from malayanus (antea) in larger size, darker color, and more slender
skulls. The forearms measure 42.5-45.8 and the total length of the
skull averages about 19.5, with a width of braincase of 8.5. The
color is dark cinnamon brown above and below, the light bases of
the hairs almost wholly concealed.

The great development of the nasal swellings shown in R. stheno
is somewhat less in malayanus and in the present series perhaps still
less, but in general robustness of the skull these specimens agree
with stheno somewhat better than with malayanus. Since a form
more nearly agreeing with malayanus is also found at the same
locality in Tonkin, it is possible that the present one is a northern
representative of the larger Malayan form stheno, the inflated nasals
of the latter being a local rather than a general character. Until
the incompleted work of Andersen on the entire genus is fully reviewed,
however, conclusions of this sort can be regarded as little more than
suggestive and the addition of further names is not desirable.

Rhinolophus episcopus caldwelli Allen.

Rhinolophus episcopus caldwelli G. M. Allen, Am. Mus. Novit., No. 85, p. 3,
Aug. 28, 1923— Yuki, Fukien, China.

K.-R.— Muong Moun, T. 1 (sk.).
D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 3 (ale.).

Although slightly larger than the heretofore unique type of this
form, these specimens may be referred to it with considerable con-
fidence. The single skin agrees with the type of caldwelli in being
brighter-colored than episcopus and in having the breast and throat
dull whitish without dark-tipped hairs. The forearms measure 43.3,
43.7, 44, 45.3 against 43 in the type of caldwelli and 47.5 in episcopus.
The skulls indicate but little difference in size between the two forms,
but the teeth appear to average slightly smaller in caldwelli. The
species is readily distinguishable from all its congeners of the region
except macrotis by the long palate and anteriorly narrowed skull.

Rhinolophus macrotis siamensis Gyldenstolpe.

Rhinolophus macrotis siamensis Gyldenstolpe, Kungl. Svenska Vetensk. Handl.,
57, No. 2, Mamm. II, p. 12, 1916 — Doi Par Sakeng, northwestern Siam.

K.-R.— Muong Moun, T. 2 (sk.).

220 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

Two specimens of horseshoe bats in the collection may be assigned
to R. m. siamensis, although their measurements definitely exceed
those given for the unique type of that form. Comparison with
published measurements indicates that they are almost exactly
intermediate between macrotis and siamensis. The forearms are
38, 39, against 41-43 for macrotis and 36.1 for siamensis. The upper
toothrows are 5.7, 5.8, against 6.3 for macrotis and 5.3 for siamensis.
The species appears to be rare or difficult to obtain and the total
number of specimens recorded of all forms is quite small, so the
extent of variation in size is but imperfectly known. It seems plain,
however, that an eastern form may be differentiated which averages
smaller than macrotis of the northwestern Himalayas and, at least
until much more material is available, the name siamensis may best
be used for it.

The specimens above recorded fulfill the prediction made by
Andersen in 1907 (Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Gen., (3), 3, p. 27)
when in describing R. m. dohrni from Sumatra he said: "Rh. macrotis
was hitherto only known from the Himalayas (Masuri, Nepal). It
is therefore of much interest now to see the range of this species
extended to Sumatra. After this there can, of course, be no doubt
that it will also be found in Indo-China and the Malay Peninsula."

Hipposideros larvatus Horsfield.

Rhlnolophus larvatus Horsfield, Zool. Res. in Java, unpaged, 1824 — Java.

K.-R.— Muong Bourn, T. 12 (sk.), 2 (ale.); Muong Moun, T.
16 (sk.).

These agree with specimens from Tenasserim and Upper Burma
referred to this species by Wroughton (Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.,
23, p. 704, May, 1915). They also agree in color with specimens
from Java, the type locality, but are slightly larger, with forearms
56-58 instead of 54-56, and their skulls are a little larger. Hence
it is not improbable that a northern form might be differentiated,
but what name it should bear is uncertain.

Two color phases and various gradations between them are
represented in the very fine series of skins collected by Hendee and
Van Tyne. In one the terminal color of the hairs is Cinnamon
Brown and in the other it is blackish Mummy Brown.

Hipposideros gentilis Andersen.

Hipposideros gentilis Andersen, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), 2, pp. 380-381,
Oct., 1918— Thayetmyo, Burma.

« .
§ •<

Ei

Of

*

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 221

K.-R.— Muong Mo, T. 6 (sk.); Muong Moun, T. 9 (sk.), 1 (ale.).
D. & L. 1929-30.— Hoi Xuan, A. 4 (ale.).

These agree fairly well with the type and others in the British
Museum doubtless identified by the original describer. Externally
they are scarcely distinguishable from the Indian R. fulvus, but the
relative size of the small first lower premolar serves to place them.
The forearms range in length from 38 to 42 and the skull length
(canine to condyle) from 15.2 to 15.5. These measurements are
almost exactly those given for typical gentilis, although the forearm
comes within the range (40-43) given H. g. sinensis from Fukien.
At most, this form can differ from gentilis only in slightly greater
average size and its recognition seems scarcely justified by the small
amount of material now available.

Hipposideros cineraceus Blyth.

Hipposideros cineraceus Blyth, Jour. As. Soc. Beng., 22, p. 410, 1854 —
Punjab, India.

K.-R.— Lai Chau, T. 1 (sk.); Muong Moun, T. 3 (sk.); Phong
Tho, T. 1 (sk.).

Apparently this is the smallest species of Hipposideros. The
average length of the forearm in these five specimens is 33.8 (32.8-
34.8). They were overlooked when material was selected for com-
parison in the British Museum, but their dimensions seem to leave
little room for doubt as to their identity.

Hipposideros diadema masoni Dobson.

Phyllorhina Masoni Dobson, Jour. As. Soc. Beng., 41, p. 338, 1872 — Moulmein,

Tenasserim.
Hipposideros diadema masoni Andersen, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Gen.,

(3), 3, p. 6, 1907.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Lao Bao, A. 1.

Until recently, the restricted diadema group has been recorded
chiefly from insular localities, the only mainland form masoni being
known from three specimens only from Tenasserim and Johore
(Andersen, I.e.). A record from Annam, therefore, constitutes a
considerable extension of the range of the group. The specimen,
collected by the botanist Poilane, is in rather poor condition, mum-
mified after temporary immersion in preservative. The skull is
closely similar to that of one from Java, but the rostral prominences
are slightly more swollen.

222 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY^ VOL. XVIII

Hipposideros armiger Hodgson.

Rkinolophus armiger Hodgson, Jour. As. Soc. Beng., 4, p. 699, 1835 — central
Nepal.

K.-R.— Muong Bourn, T. 15 (sk.), 2 (ale.).
REC. 1925-29.— Backan, T. 1; Ngai Tio, T. 1.
D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 2 (sk.), 78 (ale.).

The color in this series agrees quite closely with that of specimens
from central China rather than with those from Fukien which Allen
(Am. Mus. Novit., No. 85, p. 4, 1923) has given separate recognition
as H. a. swinhoei. There is considerable variation, however, and
dichromatism seems to be indicated.

Hipposideros pratti Thomas.

Hipposideros pratti Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6), 7, p. 527, 1891 —
Kiating, Szechwan, China.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 36 (ale.), 2 (sk.).

Although not taken by previous collectors in the same region,
this bat was found in numbers by Delacour and Lowe in 1930.
The series includes both adult males and females as well as younger
examples and serves to clear up uncertainties in regard to sexual
differences which have been standing since the species was originally
described from a single female some forty years ago.

In recent years the only important notes on the species are those
of Howell (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 75, p. 13, 1929), who records
thirty specimens mainly from Hunan and Fukien, China. He is
able to add considerable data as to color, size, and detailed distinc-
tions from H. armiger, but his material included only one male and
that apparently not fully mature.

The adult males of the present series have enormous, wing-like,
fleshy expansions on either side of the frontal sac, indicating a
sexual difference far greater than has been suspected (fig. 29). These
expansions reach a combined width of 28 mm. and when erected
their points stand some 23 mm. above the nostrils. The V-shaped
indention, at the bottom of which is the frontal sac, has a length
on each side of 8 mm.

In the adult females the expansions are similar in form but very
much smaller, more densely hairy, and relatively inconspicuous.
Their combined width is about 14 mm. and the height above the
nostrils 13 mm. Some of the males examined have the expansions
no larger than in the females and, although the alcoholic specimens

I

; i

•§ -a

« a

« 9

I1

S

224 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

do not show especial signs of immaturity, they are perhaps to be
regarded as young enough to be undeveloped. The few males here-
tofore recorded evidently have been of this character. That the
extreme development is seasonal may also be possible. Somewhat
similar sexual differences have been observed and figured in H.
armiger (Dobson, Monog. As. Chirop., p. 64, figs, a-b, 1876) and
other species of Hipposideros, but the degree of divergence shown
by H. pratti is far beyond any of these. In fact it may be said that
the development of facial dermal appendages in this species exceeds
that of any other member of the Chiroptera.

The principal cranial characters distinguishing pratti from armiger
are obviously related to the enlargement of the external dermal
growths. These are the widened nares and the broad, depressed
and concave rostrum with the consequent alteration of the entire
dorsal outline of the skull.

As noted by Andersen (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), 17, p. 35,
footnote, 1906), H. pratti is perhaps related to H. leptophylla, a
species from the Khasi Hills, Assam, India, with skull unknown,
but described as having the front border of the horseshoe notched
as in pratti and in general similar except that the animal is smaller
in size. Another obviously close relative is H. lylei (Thomas, Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), 12, p. 88, 1913), also described as smaller
than pratti. The type locality of lylei is the vicinity of Chiengmai,
northern Siam, which is relatively near the region from which the
present series comes. Its forearm is given as 78, which is somewhat
shorter than in the smallest (82.3) specimens in our series. Further
specimens have been referred to lylei from the Shan States, Burma
(Ryley, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., 22, p. 715, 1914), but although
it is intimated that specimens larger than the type may have been
included, no measurements are given. Published comparisons of
lylei and pratti, therefore, are confined to those of the respective type
specimens, neither of which I have examined. Average measurements
of forearms in the series from Tonkin are as follows: ten adult males
86.3 (85.2-87.8); ten young males 85.9 (83.7-89.5); ten adult
females 85.2 (82.3-88.4). These are slightly less than the average
of 88.5 obtained by Howell for fourteen specimens from southern
China.

Triaenops wheeleri sp. nov. WHEELER'S TRIDENT BAT.

Type from Muong Moun, Tonkin. No. 32,236 Field Museum of
Natural History. Adult female. Collected March 21, 1929, by
R. E. Wheeler. Orig. No. 80.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 225

Diagnosis. — Size small (forearm 42), much smaller than T.
persicus and not quite equaling the dimensions given for T. furcula
of Madagascar. Somewhat similar to T. tricuspidatus of the Solomon
Islands, having the same exserted tail-tip, the same small ears, and
very nearly the same nasal appendages, but differing in color and
in having a more depressed rostrum and less inflated nasal region.
Zygoma with a posterior vertical expansion well developed, but not
equaling that of T. persicus; upper canines with anterior secondary
cusps slightly higher than the posterior ones, thus differing from
T. persicus in which the reverse condition occurs.

Color. — Upper parts brownish (Bister) or sooty (probably repre-
senting two color phases), the hairs broadly white basally; under
parts pale Snuff Brown, the hairs slightly lighter basally than
terminally.

Membranes and appendages. — Wings and tail about as in Hippo-
sideros; wings and interfemoral membrane from middle of metatarsus
above base of toes; terminal phalanges of fourth and fifth fingers
definitely bifurcate; foot with a narrow, well-differentiated sole; tail
with its tip slightly exserted beyond interfemoral membrane. Ears
short and when laid forward barely reaching to the nostrils; outer
border of ear excavated in upper half and expanded in lower. Nose
leaves double, at least laterally; a thickened heart-shaped area
behind the nostrils thinly beset with stiff hairs and behind this an
erect semilunate process rising from a thin membranous base and
divided into three slightly rugose parts, a median subcylindrical one
in the center and a subtriangular one on each side, the upper border
thus having a tridentate appearance with the median point slightly
higher than the lateral ones.

Skull. — General shape of skull much as in Hipposideros; rostrum
depressed below level of braincase; zygomata somewhat converging
anteriorly; an upright plate from the posterior half of the zygoma
in general similar to that in T. persicus but its base occupying a
smaller proportion of the zygoma; nasal region more inflated than
in Hipposideros but less than in T. persicus and T. tricuspidatus;
basioccipital relatively wide, much as in Hipposideros; upper incisors
indistinctly bifid; upper canines with short anterior and posterior
secondary cusps, the anterior slightly higher than the posterior.

Measurements. — Average of six adults: total length 84; tail 39;
hind foot 8; forearm (dry) 41.6. Adult in alcohol: forearm 42;
second finger, metacarpal 32; third finger, metacarpal 31.5; first

226 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

phalanx 15; second phalanx 21; fourth finger, metacarpal 31; first
phalanx 12; second phalanx 7.5; fifth finger, metacarpal 28; first
phalanx 12.5; second phalanx 10; tibia 18; hind foot 9; calcar 10.
Skull of type: greatest length 15; condyle to front of canine 13;
zygomatic width 7.4; mastoid width 7.1; interorbital constriction 2;
width across nasal swellings 4.4; height of zygomatic plate 2; upper
toothrow to front of canine 5.2.

Remarks. — The reference of this species to the genus Triaenops
is somewhat provisional. T. tricuspidatus, heretofore regarded as a
Hipposideros, may be placed in Triaenops with some confidence, but
the present species, although obviously departing from typical
Hipposideros in the same direction, appears not to have progressed
so far. The general shape of its skull is not far from that of Hip-
posideros, but in external characters it agrees with Triaenops and
strongly approaches it in the character of the zygomatic plate and
in the secondary cusps of the upper canines. Direct comparison
has only been possible with T. persicus and T. tricuspidatus, since
specimens of this genus are very rare in collections. The two small
species (aurita and furcula) described from Madagascar approximate
the size of wheeleri, but it is not improbable that it will prove less
related to these than to tricuspidatus.

Among Indo-Chinese bats thus far known, it is easily recognized
by its small ears, its tridentate nasal appendage, and its well-marked
expansion of the zygoma.

Six skins with skulls and two in alcohol were obtained at Muong
Moun, Tonkin, by the Kelley-Roosevelts Expedition. A single
skin without skull and forty-six alcoholics were taken in the vicinity
of Chapa, Tonkin, by Delacour and Lowe in 1930.

Coelops frithii inflata Miller.

Coelops inflata Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 41, p. 85, Mar. 16E 1928—
Yenping, Fukien, China.

K.-R.— Muong Moun, T. 4 (2 sk., 1 ale., 1 skull).
D. & L. 1929-30.— Hoi Xuan, A. 1 (ale.).

Bats of the genus Coelops are quite rare in collections and nearly
all the known specimens have been examined in identifying the
present small series. In the British Museum there were accessible
two skins from Java representing bernsteini; one skin from Cher-
rapunyi, Assam, provisionally regarded as frithii; one skull from
Lakhun, Laos; and the type of robinsoni from Pahang, Malay

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 227

Peninsula. Through the kindness of G. S. Miller, Jr., and G. M.
Allen, the types of inflata and sinicus also have been available.

It is difficult to believe that the five names above mentioned
represent as many separate and distinct species, but with scarcely
more than one specimen for each name, and with each specimen
showing some peculiarity, conclusions are difficult. In such cases
it is customary to use binomials until material is more abundant
in spite of great probability that complete gradation from one form
to another will be found and that some of the characters of single
specimens will not be maintained in series. The facts are that in
Coelops the dependable characters shown by the various named
forms are of a kind usually found to be subspecific and evidence
that any two forms occupy the same territory is lacking. With the
possible exception of sinicus, which is of different color and much
larger than the others, all the names might profitably be brought
together as subspecies of frithii.

The Indo-Chinese specimens agree fairly well with the type of
inflata, but do not show quite the same degree of enlargement of
the braincase. They may thus be tending toward robinsoni, although
they still exceed that form quite decidedly. The space between the
outer lower incisor and the canine, which Miller has mentioned as a
generic distinction, proves to be variable. In sinicus, these teeth
are actually in contact. In one specimen from Tonkin, the space
is slight, scarcely more than the width of one of the dentations of
the incisor, while in others from the same locality it is nearly or quite
equal to the full width of the incisor.

Javanese specimens of C. /. bernsteini seem indistinguishable
externally from frithii as represented by the specimen from Assam.
The skulls also are very similar, that of frithii differing mainly in
somewhat broader, heavier teeth. The skull from Lakhun, Laos,
is a little larger than specimens of inflata from Tonkin but agrees
with them in having the teeth narrower than in frithii and bernsteini.
Therefore, it is perhaps to be regarded as somewhat connectant.

C. /. robinsoni is quite the smallest form yet discovered. Measure-
ments of the skull of its type, which were not published by the
original describer, are given in the following series which includes
consecutively (1) type of robinsoni, (2) type of inflata, (3) bernsteini
from Java, (4) type of sinicus. Greatest length 14.5, 15.1, 16.5, 17.1;
zygomatic width 6.4, 6.8, 7.3, 7.8; width of braincase 6.7, 7.5, 7.6,
8.1; rostral width 3.4, 3.6, 4.1, 4.2; upper toothrow 4.7, 5.2, 5.7, 6.3.
These measurements show a graded progression in size from the

228 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

smallest form robinsoni to the largest one sinicus, and when more
specimens become available from intermediate localities, complete
inosculation may well be expected.

The genus Coelops has numerous dental characters distinguishing
it from Hipposideros. Among them one which seems not to have
been mentioned by previous writers is the existence of an anterior
third cusp on the upper canine. In sinicus this is not well defined,
but in the other forms it is quite prominent, giving the tooth the
appearance of a primitive premolariform condition.

Taphozous melanopogon Temminck.

Taphozous melanopogon Temminck, Monog. Mamm., 2, p. 287, pi. 60, figs.
8, 9, 1835-41— Java.

K.-R.— Pak Hou, L. 5 (sk.).

Specimens of typical melanopogon from Java have not been
available for comparison. The length of the forearm in these northern
examples is 65-67 which is not unusual in series from India and
Burma but is perhaps somewhat longer than will be found in East
Indian material.

Murina cyclotis Dobson.

Murina cyclotis Dobson, Proc. As. Soc. Beng., p. 210, 1872; Jour. As. Soc.
Beng., p. 206, pi. 14, part II, 1873.

K.-R.— Muong Moun, T. 1 (sk.); Phong Saly, L. 3 (sk.).

These agree with Indian specimens from the Chin Hills referred
to this species by Wroughton. The type locality is said to be "un-
known" and the type in the Indian Museum (No. 166a) appears to
have had no recent examination. The species has been recorded
from the island of Hainan by J. A. Allen (Bull. Am. Mus. Nat.
Hist., 22, p. 487, 1906).

Murina tubinaris Scully.

Harpiocephalus tubinaris Scully, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 200, 1881 —
Gilgit, Kashmir.

K.-R.— Muong Bourn, T. 1 (sk.); Muong Mo, T. 2 (sk.); Phong
Saly, L. 5 (sk.), 1 (ale.).

These appear to be the first records of this species for localities
outside of India. Comparison with specimens from Darjeeling shows
no important differences.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 229

Pachyotus kuhli Leach.

Scotophilus kuhlii Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., 13, p. 71, 1822 — no locality.

K.-R.— Phong Tho, T. 1 (sk.); Phouc Mon, Quangtri, A. 8 (sk.),
1 (ale.).

REC. 1925-29.— Backan, T. 3.

These are equal in size to large examples from India and Burma,
but do not reach the dimensions recorded for P. k. insularis of the
island of Hainan. Forearms measure 60.8, 61, 61.5, 63, 63.5, 63.5,
64.3. Most of the specimens are rich Hazel in color both above
and below, but several are dull olivaceous above and bright, nearly
Yellow Ocher below.

Pachyotus castaneus Horsfield.

Nycticejus castaneus Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Mus., p. 38, 1851 —
Malacca.

K.-R. — Quangtri, Phouc Mon, A. 3 (sk.).
REC. 1925-29.— Quang Ngai, A. 1.

Comparison of these has been made with specimens from Tenas-
serim and southern Siam from which they do not appear to differ
in any important way. Specimens of Scotophilus gairdneri Kloss
(Jour. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam, 2, p. 284, 1917) from central Siam have
not been available. Scotophilus castaneus consobrinus Allen (Bull.
Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., 22, p. 485, 1906) from Hainan also seems very
closely allied.

Nyctalus noctula sinensis Peters. CHINESE NOCTULE BAT.

Vesperus sinensis Peters, Monatsb. Akad. Wiss., Berlin, (1880), p. 258, 1881 —
Peking, Chihli, China.

Nyctalus noctula sinensis A. B. Howell, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 75, p. 18,
1929.

K.-R. — Suifu, Szechwan 5 (ale.); Yachow, Szechwan 1 (ale.).

The Asiatic noctule bats closely allied to N. noctula of Europe
have received several names and material representing them is
scattered among various museums. Until these can be brought
together for a general study, therefore, the identification of individual
specimens is difficult. Apparently most of the eastern forms are
smaller and have a greater extension of hair on the membranes,
especially the interfemoral, than the European noctule, so this
may distinguish them collectively; but characters of color and pro-

230 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

portions have not been thoroughly worked out and the status of
any particular name is doubtful.

The present specimens are quite dark in color and agree in general
with the form called velutinus by G. M. Allen (Am. Mus. Novit.,
No. 85, p. 7, Aug. 28, 1923). The only difference deducible from
the description is in the length of the second phalanx of the third
finger which is given as 21.5 mm. for velutinus, whereas in our speci-
mens it measures only 14 mm. The forearm in five specimens from
Szechwan varies from 49.5 to 52. Specimens of N. n. Idbiatus of
Nepal have not been available for comparison, so it seems best to
follow Howell and refer Szechwan examples to sinensis. Nyctalus
n. namayei Kuroda (Annot. Zool. Japon., 9, part V, p. 601, 1920)
appears not to have been compared with sinensis, but the published
measurements (forearm 45-48) indicate it to be a form of relatively
small size.

Miniopterus schreibersi parvipes Allen.

Miniopterus schreibersi parvipes Allen, Am. Mus. Novit., No. 85, p. 7, Aug.
28, 1923— Yenping, Fukien, China.

REC. 1925-29.— Ngai Tio, T. 7.

Specimens taken by Herbert Stevens and recorded by Thomas
as "one of the dark eastern forms of this widely spread bat" are
the only ones contained in any of the collections reviewed. Allen's
name parvipes may be provisionally assigned to them although
distinction from the Indian fuliginosus has not been fully demon-
strated. Their relationship to Temminck's blepotis of Java is still
to be considered.

Kerivoula papillosa Temminck.

Vesperlilio papillosus Temminck, Monog. Mamm., 2, p. 220, pi. 55, figs.
1-4, 1835-41— Java.

K.-R— Muong Mo, T. 1 (sk.).

A bat of the genus Kerivoula is provisionally referred to
K. papillosa. In external measurements (forearm 40.7), it agrees
with the form described from Calcutta as lenis (Thomas, Jour.
Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., 24, p. 417, 1916), but the skull and teeth
are larger, about as given for typical papittosa.

Kerivoula depressa Miller.

Kerivoula depressa Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 19, p. 64, 1906 — Biapo,
northeast of Tounghoo, southern Burma.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS— OSGOOD 231

K.-R.— Muong Mo, T. 1 (sk.).

A single Kerivoula, taken at the same locality with K. papillosa,
is probably allied to K. depressa. It shows a similar broadening of
the braincase, but its skull is considerably larger than in the type of
depressa which has been loaned by the United States National
Museum. In external size and appearance it agrees with depressa
and may be referred to that form, at least provisionally, since its
separation would scarcely be justified without examination of a
larger number of specimens.

Kerivoula sp.

K.-R.— Phong Saly, L. 1 (ale.).

An alcoholic specimen of a plain-colored Kerivoula is in rather
poor condition and cannot be satisfactorily diagnosed. The forearm
is 39, which might indicate affinity to K. papillosa, but the lower
leg and foot (injured) scarcely reach 24, which is too short for that
species.

Myotis (Leuconoe) longipes Dobson.

Vespertilio longipes Dobson, Proc. As. Soc. Beng., p. 110, 1873 — Bhima Devi,

Kashmir.
Vespertilio megalopus Dobson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4), 16, p. 261, 1875 —

Africa [sic].
Leuconoe longipes Thomas, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., 23, pp. 610, 612,

May, 1915.

K.-R.— Muong Moun, T. 1 (sk.).

The skull of this bat has been compared with that of a cotype
of longipes and that of the actual type of megalopus in both of which
the skulls are perfect. The three agree so closely that not even the
slightest distinction can be drawn among them. Although Thomas
states (I.e., p. 610) that the occurrence of M. daubentoni in India
is "extremely doubtful," I am much inclined to the belief that this
bat is more closely related to that species than to any other. It
is rare in India and apparently is now represented in the British
Museum only by the two specimens above mentioned. Externally
it is similar to specimens from the Kurile Islands referred to dauben-
toni and also to macrodactylus from Japan. In these the skull is
slightly larger, with a somewhat larger braincase. In the Tonkin
specimen the color is paler than in the more northern skins, and the
pale color of the under parts is extended to the base of the ears and
on the side of the neck.

232 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

I am unable to see generic significance in the larger feet of the
species embraced under the name Leuconoe. For the sake of that
"convenience" which seems to apply mainly to the arrangement of
specimens in museum cabinets a subgeneric term may be desirable.

Myotis muricola Gray.

Veapertilio muricola Hodgson, Calc. Jour. Nat. Hist., 2, p. 212, 1841 —
nomen nudum; Gray, Cat. Mamm. & Birds Nepal & Thibet, p. 4, 1846
—central Nepal.

K.-R.— Phong Saly, L. 6 (sk.).

The name muricola may be used in the "blanket" sense for these
specimens. Direct comparison with typical muricola has not been
possible, but descriptions indicate agreement in all except details
which are not likely to prove of more than subspecific significance.
M. fimbriatus (Peters, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 617, 1870), which
has a forearm of about the same length (38-39) as muricola, is a
bat of quite different color and has a heavier skull with a high
braincase and the anterior premolars are wholly in the toothrow.
Specimens from Yenpingfu, Fukien, topotypes of M. hirsutus (A. B.
Howell, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 39, p. 139, 1926), have been used
to represent fimbriatus. The probability that hirsutus is a synonym
of fimbriatus has been called to my attention by G. M. Allen.

Myotis siligorensis al ticraniatus subsp. nov.

Type from Muong Moun, Tonkin. No. 32,174 Field Museum
of Natural History. Adult female. Collected March 26, 1929, by
R. E. Wheeler. Orig. No. 102.

Diagnosis. — Similar to M. siligorensis, but with a smaller skull
and weaker dentition. Size very small (forearm 33-35, condylo-
basal length of skull less than 12). Ears small, narrow, and sharply
notched on the outer border; tragus slender, fusiform, nearly uniform
in width except at the rather abruptly pointed tip; wing from just
proximad of the base of the outer toe; tail slightly longer than the
head and body. Skull very small with high, abruptly vaulted
cranium; canines short and weak.

Color. — Upper parts dark Blackish Brown, the tips of the hairs
scarcely lighter than the bases; under parts Buffy Brown super-
ficially, Blackish Brown basally.

Skull and teeth. — Skull very small and light; braincase unusually
high, its height nearly 80 per cent of its width so that from above

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 233

the cranium has almost the appearance of globosity. Teeth similar
in general to those of M. mystadnus, but weaker, the molars narrower
and the canines lower; outer upper incisor separated from canine
by a space slightly less than its width; anterior upper premolar with
a higher crown than the following one, but the diameter of its shaft
only slightly greater; small premolars directly in line in the toothrow,
separated from the large premolar by a slight space; upper canines
slightly higher than last premolars; lower canines smaller than last
premolars and, in spite of their position, with their points standing
lower in the toothrow than those of the large premolars; first lower
premolar only slightly smaller than canine.

Measurements. — Seven adults measured by the collector: total
length 71 (65-78); tail 36.7 (34-38); hind foot 7.4 (7-8). Forearms
(dry) 34.7 (33-35.4); ear from meatus (dry) 8. Skull of type:
greatest length 12; condylo-basal length 11.4; zygomatic width 7;
interorbital constriction 2.9; width of braincase 5.7; depth of brain-
case 4.5; maxillary toothrow 5.3.

Remarks. — This bat is characterized by its high, vaulted cranium
and its very small size, being apparently the smallest Old World
species of Myotis. This diminutiveness is evidenced more by the
skull than by external measurements, since the length of the forearm
equals that of some other forms. It belongs to the group typified
by M. mystadnus among which Thomas (Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist.
Soc., 23, p. 609, 1915) has recognized two series, one with a lower
braincase and longer canines as in typical mystadnus and another
with high braincase and short, small canines. In the present
knowledge of the group, it might be convenient to treat all the
named forms as subspecies of mystadnus (as doubtless most of them
will eventually prove to be), but with two types occupying the same
region in India, it seems probable that the one showing the greatest
departure from mystadnus may be specifically distinct. Therefore
the present form is linked with siligorensis rather than mystadnus.

Except for one example from Dakto, Annam, of which the skull
is not available, I have been unable to find any specimens of this
supposed new form in the collection of the British Museum, including
the large accessions from India recently received through the survey
of the Bombay Natural History Society. It seems most closely
related to siligorensis, of which very few specimens except the type
are known. The skull of this type (from Nepal) lacks the basicranial
parts, but it is evident that the braincase is of the high form. Its

234 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

upper toothrow measures 5.7 and the teeth, although larger and
wider, are in general proportions similar to those of alticraniatus.
The names caliginosus, blanfordi, and moupinensis apply to forms
with relatively low braincases, and nipalensis (Dobson, Proc. As.
Soc. Beng., p. 214, 1871; Monog. As. Chiropt., p. 302, 1878) can
scarcely fail to be a synonym either of caliginosus or of siligorensis.
The form from Fukien called sowerbyi (A. B. Howell, Proc. Biol.
Soc. Wash., 39, p. 138, 1926), as shown by a series loaned by the
United States National Museum, is closely allied to siligorensis and
differs from alticraniatus precisely as does the type of siligorensis,
namely, in decidedly larger size. If better material should prove
sowerbyi separable from siligorensis, it would still be necessary to
consider laniger (Peters, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 617, 1870) which
comes from a near-by locality (Amoy, China) and which is described
as having the same general dimensions.

Specimens examined. — Total number 7 (skins) all from the type
locality.

Pipistrellus abramus Temminck.

Vespertilio abramus Temminck, Monog. Mamm., 2, p. 232, pi. 58, figs. 1, 2,
1841 — Nagasaki, Japan.

K.-R.— Quangtri, Phouc Mon, A. 12 (sk.), 4 (ale.).
REC. 1925-29.— Hug, A. 2.

Identical with specimens in the British Museum referred by
Thomas to abramus. Twelve carefully prepared skins show scarcely
any variation in color, all being uniformly light brown.

Pipistrellus mimus Wroughton.

Pipistrellus mimus Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., 12, p. 722, pi.,
figs. 3, 3a, 1899— Mheskatri, Surat Dangs, India.

K.-R. — Quangtri, Phouc Mon, A. 1 (sk.).

The single skin is indistinguishable in color from specimens of
abramus from the same locality, but the short forearm (28.2) and
small short skull are distinctive and exactly as in numerous specimens
from India representing mimus.

Pipistrellus coromandrus tramatus Thomas.

Pipistrellus coromandrus tramatus Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 144,
1928— Backan, Tonkin.

K.-R. — Quangtri, Phouc Mon, A. 2 (sk.); Luang Prabang, L. 1
(sk.); Ngai Cho, T. 1 (sk.); Phong Saly, L.I (sk.).

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 235

DEL. 1931-32.— Thateng, L. 1.

REC. 1925-29.— Backan, T. 10; Phuqui, A. 3; Thai Nien, T. 17.

Three of the specimens in the collection are very sooty in color,
a variation commonly found in these small bats. They were com-
pared with the type of tramatus and found to be in substantial agree-
ment with it, but until a thorough study of the smaller oriental
Vespertilionidae is made, much confidence cannot be placed in
identifications of individual specimens.

Pipistrellus tralatitius Horsfield.

Vespertilio tralatitius Horsfield, Zool. Res. in Java, unpaged, 1824 — Java.
REC. 1925-29.— Tarn Dao, T. 3.

Not represented in the collections of the Kelley-Roosevelts
Expedition.

Pipistrellus raptor Thomas.

Pipistrellus raptor Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), 13, p. 387, 1904 —
Tonkin.

Not represented in recent collections and apparently still known
only from the original series of six specimens from "Tonkin."

Tylonycteris pachypus fulvida Blyth.

Scotophilus fulvidus Blyth, Jour. As. Soc. Beng., 28, p. 293, 1859 —
Schwegyin, Burma.

Tylonycteris rubidus Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), 15, p. 227, Feb.,

1915 — lapsus for T, fulvida.
Tylonycteris fulvida Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., 25, pp. 586-

587, 1918.

K.-R.— Muong Mo, T. 5 (sk.), 1 (ale.); Muong Mo, T. 1 (sk.);
Phong Saly, L. 9 (sk.), 5 (ale.).

REC. 1925-29.— Bao Ha, T. 1; Dakto, A. 2; Ngai Tio, T. 1.

Thomas (I.e.) has called attention to marked differences in size
in Tylonycteris from India and the East Indies, but after drawing
specific distinctions he later decided the variation too confusing
to maintain them (Wroughton, I.e., p. 586). Similar differences
appear in the material from Indo-China and seem to bear out the
original conclusion of Thomas. The series available is an unusually
good one consisting of thirty-five carefully made skins with perfect
skulls and measurements taken by the collector. Two forms are
clearly distinguishable among them, one smaller and more rufescent

236 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

and the other larger and duller-colored. Differences in the size of
the skulls seem to be definitely correlated with length of forearm
and with color. At one locality (Phong Saly) both forms occur
together without any evidences of intergradation. The smaller,
brighter form agrees closely with specimens from India and Burma
representing fulvida. Its forearm measures 24.7-26 and its skull
has a length of about 11 and a zygomatic width of about 8. Col-
lectors' measurements of nine specimens from Phong Saly are:
total length 67 (65-70); tail 29.5 (27.5-31); foot 6.1 (5.5-7). The
color is nearly uniform above and below, and ranges from Ochraceous
Tawny to Cinnamon Brown, the former color prevailing on the basal
part of the hairs and the latter on the terminal.

Tylonycteris robustula Thomas.

Tylonyderis robustula Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), 15, p. 227, Feb.,
1915 — upper Sarawak, Borneo.

K.-R. — Phong Saly, L. 8 (sk.), 5 (ale.); Quangtri, Phouc Mon,
A. 12 (sk.), 5 (ale.).

The two small series above listed do not precisely agree, but they
fall together much better than with fulvida. Those from Phong Saly
are larger and slightly darker. Their forearms measure 26.5-29 and
their skulls have a length of about 12.5 and a zygomatic width of
about 9.3. Since these approximate the measurements given for
T. robustula, that name is used for them. The color is deep Mummy
Brown somewhat lighter below and the general effect is that of
sootiness as compared to T. fulvida.

The specimens from Quangtri seem to be somewhat like those
referred to by Thomas as "middle," being intermediate in size
between the two extremes. They are nearer to the larger form,
especially in color, and may perhaps represent a slight differentiation
of it without any real, close affinity to fulvida.

Discopus denticulus gen. et sp. nov.

Type from Phong Saly, Laos. Altitude 4,400 feet. No. 32,195
Field Museum of Natural History. Female adult. Collected May 3,
1929, by Russell W. Hendee. Orig. No. 5,522.

Diagnosis. — Externally similar to Pipistrellus, but tragus longer
and more slender although not pointed at the apex; ears longer
and narrowed at the tip; hind feet with highly developed disklike
pads even more extreme than in Tylonycteris and Glischropus. Skull

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS— OSGOOD 237

with a broad, greatly flattened braincase, somewhat as in Tylonycteris
but with a longer, narrower rostrum; dentition with two upper and
three lower premolars on each side, the middle lower pair small and
internal to the toothrow.

Color. — Upper parts Cinnamon Brown, the hairs unicolored from
base to tip; under parts brighter-colored, nearly Amber Brown, the
hairs with darker bases.

Skull. — Braincase depressed or flattened to nearly the same
extent as in Tylonycteris; rostrum decidedly longer than in Tylo-
nycteris or Pipistrellus and somewhat upturned anteriorly, with a
pronounced depression in the interorbital region; zygomata widely
expanded; antorbital processes not developed; palate relatively long;
basioccipital wide; coronoid process of mandible high and blunt,
its posterior border slightly concave; dentition with two upper and
three lower premolars; I. i; C. i; Pm. i; M. 1 = 34; general form
of teeth not peculiar, but in the molarif orm series the teeth are wider
in proportion to length than in Pipistrellus, Glischropus and Tylo-
nycteris; inner upper incisor bifid; outer upper incisor normal in
position, nearly or quite equal in size and height to the inner one
and separated from the canine by a slight space; anterior upper
premolar in contact with canine, but slightly separated from posterior
premolar; middle lower premolar minute, rounded and slightly
internal to toothrow.

Measurements. — Four adults measured by the collector: total
length 83 (81-86); tail 40 (39-42); hind foot 6. Adult in alcohol:
forearm 37.8; second finger, metacarpal 31.7; third finger, metacarpal
34.2; first phalanx 16.2; second phalanx 14.8; fourth finger, metacarpal
32.6; first phalanx 9.8; second phalanx 8.5; fifth finger, metacarpal
32.2; first phalanx 9; second phalanx 7.5; tibia 17.2; hind foot 6.2.
Skull of type: greatest length 14.2; condyle to front of canine 13.2;
palatal length 6.5; front of orbit to end of premaxilla 4.7; zygomatic
width 9.7; mastoid width 7.9; interorbital constriction 3.6; depth
of braincase 3.9; width outside molars 5.8; front of canine to back
of molars 5.4; lower toothrow to front of canine 5.8.

Remarks. — This bat combines to some extent certain characters of
Pipistrellus, Glischropus, and Tylonycteris. It differs from all of them
in the possession of three pairs of lower premolars. From Pipistrellus
and Glischropus it is further distinguished by its greatly flattened
braincase which suggests that of Tylonycteris, but since this last
genus has only one upper premolar, it is well distinguished. The

238 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

adhesive disk on the foot is even larger than in Glischropus anc
Tylonycteris. In alcoholic specimens it is subrectangular in shape
yellowish in color, and it measures about 4.7 by 3.3.

The middle pair of lower premolars is uniformly present in th<
six specimens examined, so there seems no reason to question it:
being a normal condition. The species was taken only at Phonj
Saly, Laos.

Galeopterus variegatus subsp. FLYING LEMUR.
REC. 1925-29.— Tay Ninh, C.C. 1.

Thomas (1929, p. 833) has recorded one specimen under th<
name pumilus, the applicability of which seems doubtful. It con
stitutes the easternmost continental record of the genus.

Hylomys suillus microtinus Thomas.

Hylomys suillus microtinus Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 497, 1925—
Thai Nien, Tonkin.

K.-R.— Phong Saly, L. 1.

REC. 1925-29.— Bao Ha, T. 1; Thai Nien, T. 1.

A specimen from Phong Saly collected by Hendee bring!
the known examples of this form to a total of three. It agrees
essentially with the type which seems well distinguished fron
peguensis and siamensis by its darker and more uniform color.

Hylomys suillus siamensis Kloss.

Hylomys siamensis Kloss, Jour. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam, 2, p. 10, 1916 — Hinlap
between Saraburi and Korat, south-central Siam.

REC. 1925-29.— Dakto, A. 12; Xieng Kuang, L. 1.

Following Thomas, these specimens may be referred to siamensis
but material not available to Kloss seems to indicate that siamensii
is more closely similar to peguensis than has been supposed. Speci
mens in Field Museum from the Namting River at the Burma-
Yunnan border, referred by G. M. Allen to peguensis, do not diffei
in color from the type of siamensis. Whether these really represenl
peguensis, however, cannot be determined with certainty until speci-
mens are obtained from Lower Burma in the region of the type
locality (Schwegyin, Lower Burma). Kloss mentions the narrowei
nasals of siamensis as compared with suillus and this character is
shown by the Annamese specimens when compared with the supposed

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 239

peguensis from Upper Burma. Further locality records are Sikortur
(northwest of Raheng), Me Taw, and Pakchan, Siam (Kloss, Jour.
Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam, Suppl., 8, p. 77, 1930).

Neotetracus sinensis f ulvescens subsp. nov.

Type from Chapa, Tonkin. No. 32.4.19.3. British Museum.
Adult female. Collected Dec. 2, 1930, by J. Delacour and W. Lowe.
Orig. No. 1,520.

Diagnosis. — Similar to N. sinensis of western China, but under
parts usually more heavily suffused with fulvous; skull larger;
dentition heavier.

Color. — Upper parts much as in N. sinensis, but averaging more
ochraceous in tone, the prevailing color inclining to Cinnamon Brown
rather than Dresden Brown; under parts usually with a heavy wash
of Ochraceous Tawny either covering the entire under surface or
most of the chest and belly, less developed in young animals and
often very intense in old ones; feet whitish with a dark line down
the outer side to the base of the toes; tail sharply bicolor, dusky
above, narrowly white below.

Skull. — Larger and heavier than in sinensis, the greatest length
reaching to 37.7; dentition heavier.

Measurements. — Average of ten adults : total length 198 (185-229) ;
head and body 129 (121-148) ; tail 68 (63-82) ; hind foot 24.4 (23-26).
Skull of type: greatest length 33.4; zygomatic width 17.8; width
between postorbital processes 8.6; median length of nasals 11.4;
width of braincase 14.1; upper toothrow from front of canine 16.7;
molariform toothrow 7.2.

Remarks. — The insectivorous genus Neotetracus, previously known
only from western China, is represented by a large series from Chapa,
Tonkin. There are thirty-seven specimens of which eight are in
alcohol. As compared with a series of ten from Yunnan in Field
Museum, representing sinensis, these are conspicuously more fulvous
below, but the Yunnan specimens are mostly subadult and there
seems to be a tendency for the older individuals to be the most
fulvous. Further comparison with aged examples of sinensis, there-
fore, would be desirable. Skulls of comparable ages show a definite
increase in general size and in that of the dentition in the Indo-
Chinese form.

240 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII
Tupaia belangeri chinensis Anderson. CHINESE TREE SHREW.

Tupaia chinensis Anderson, Zool. Res. West Yunnan, p. 129, pi. 7, figs. 8, 9,
1879 — Ponsee, Kakhyen Hills, near Burma border, Yunnan, China.

K.-R. — Likiang, Yunnan 1; Nguluko, Yunnan 6.

These localities doubtless are near the northern limit of tree
shrews, since Stevens obtained no further specimens after leaving
the Likiang region. The specimens were taken in February and
are in full winter pelage in which the body color encroaches exten-
sively on the sides of the belly. The summer pelage is shown by
three specimens in Field Museum taken at Yunnan Yi early in
September just before the transition to the winter coat. Two of
these have the under parts wholly light-colored and the third is in
process of change. Except for their much paler under parts, there-
fore, they are much like modesta in the same pelage.

Tupaia belangeri modesta J. A. Allen. HAINAN TREE SHREW.

Tupaia modesta J. A. Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., 22, p. 481, 1906—

Lei Mui Mon, island of Hainan.
Tupaia belangeri yunalis Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), 13, p. 244,

1914 — Mongtze, Yunnan.
Tupaia belangeri tonquinia Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 497, 1925 —

Bao Ha, Tonkin.

K.-R.— Bactan Trai, T. 1; Chapa, T. 1; Lieng San, T. 2; Muong
Bourn, T. 1; Muong Yo, L. 1; Nam He, T. 1; Pa Ham, T. 1; Phong
Saly, L. 6; Phong Tho, T. 1.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 10; Hoi Xuan, A. 8; Lung Lunh,
A. 1; Pakha, T. 1.

DEL. 1931-32.— Thateng, L. 12.

REC. 1925-29.— Backan, T. 6; Bao Ha, T. 2; Chora, T. 1; Col
des Nuages, A. 4; Dakto, A. 1; Kontoum, A. 1; Muong Sen, A. 3;
Nape", L. 4; Ngai Tio, T. 3; Phuqui, A. 3; Thai Nien, T. 1; Thua
Lua, A. 2; Xieng Kuang, L. 18.

In all the large series of tree shrews from Indo-China accumulated
through the various expeditions since 1924, by far the greater number
are in full winter pelage. In this pelage the hairs of the under parts
usually have dark bases throughout and the body color is extended
over the sides of the belly, leaving only a narrow midventral line
of lighter color continuous with expanded areas of the same on the
chest, throat and unguinal region. As indicated mainly by specimens
showing its beginning or ending, the summer pelage is quite different,
the under parts being light-colored throughout, the hairs mostly

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 241

self-colored, and the under parts as a whole well distinguished from
the upper parts. In the few specimens in full summer pelage, the
line of demarcation is sharply marked.

Seven specimens in the Kelley-Roosevelts collection from Phong
Saly and Muong Yo, Laos, are very illuminating. They were taken
on or about May 1 and are in various stages of transition from one
pelage to the other. Only one of the adults retains traces of the
winter color of the under parts although both pelages of the upper
parts are plainly evident in all. With them are two young examples
in a full, fresh pelage closely resembling the usual winter pelage and
in very great contrast to the adults from the same locality in which
the summer pelage is being acquired. In one specimen from Chapa,
Tonkin, taken October 30, transition from summer to winter is shown.
New pelage covers the anterior half of the under parts and the hairs
are with dark bases, but the posterior half has the light, self-colored
hairs of the summer pelage and is thus practically indistinguishable
so far as this area is concerned from the spring specimens from
Phong Saly.

After examination of more than ninety specimens, I am unable,
on the basis of the winter pelage, to draw any constant distinctions
between the tree shrews of the island of Hainan and those of the
mainland or between those of highlands and lowlands from north-
western Tonkin and northern Laos to central Annam. So far as it
is represented, the summer pelage also furnishes no grounds for
division. There is some variation in depth of color, but this cannot
be correlated with locality. Extremes of olivaceous and reddish
brown occurring indiscriminately seem to point to a slight dichro-
matism. A fairly common variation is in the coloration of the chin
and throat where, even in winter, the hairs may be light-colored
to their roots, although usually with dark bases.

Topotypes of modesta from Hainan, loaned by the American
Museum of Natural History, can be matched in every detail by
specimens from the mainland and, although larger series especially
from Hainan would be desirable, it seems quite impossible with
present material to mention any differentiating character. In 1925,
when Thomas proposed the name tonquinia, he had only a half
dozen mainland specimens and still fewer from Hainan. The
supposed difference in the amount of black in the tail does not hold
when series are examined.

The type of T. 6. yunalis was taken in July and this doubtless
accounts for its light under parts. Moreover, the type locality

242 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

(Mongtze, Yunnan) is not far from that of tonquinia and in a region
in which the fauna is known to be preponderantly the same as that
of northeastern Tonkin. Therefore, the distinction of yunalis can-
not be maintained, at least not until both pelages are better repre-
sented in collections than at present. T. b. laotum (Thomas, Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), 13, p. 244, 1914) from Nan, northern Siam,
has not been examined, but in view of the wide distribution of
modesta and the supposed intergradation with concolor, the slight
characters assigned to it may need confirmation.

Tupaia belangeri concolor Bonhote.

Tupaia concolor Bonhote, Abstr. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 2, Jan. 22, 1907;
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 7, June, 1907 — Nhatrang, Annam.

REC. 1925-29.— Bokor, C. 2; Sambor, C. 1; Siem Reap, C. 3;
Tay Ninh, C.C. 2.

Although supposed to have only two pairs of mammae instead
of the three usual in the belangeri series, this form is regarded by
Kloss and Thomas as only subspecifically separable. A specimen
in Field Museum from Bangkok, Siam, plainly has but two pairs
of mammae. A further complication is T. glis cambodiana Kloss
(Jour. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam, 3, p. 357, 1919) which is stated to have
six mammae and to inhabit the same region as concolor.

Dendrogale frenata Gray. PIGMY TREE SHREW.

Tupaia frenata Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), 6, p. 217, 1860 — Cambodia.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Ninh Hoa, Nhatrang, A. 1.
REC. 1925-29.— An Binh, C.C. 4.

These are among the very few examples of the species thus far
recorded.

Talpa klossi Thomas. SIAMESE MOLE.

Talpa klossi Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10), 3, p. 206, Feb., 1929—
Hue Nya Pla, 10 miles n.w. of Raheng, Siam.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 6.
DEL. 1931-32.— Thateng, L. 2.

The discovery of moles in Tonkin increases the probability of
connection with the forms of northern India. The specimens are
in complete agreement with the description of T. klossi, the skulls
being decidedly smaller and narrower than in T. micrura of which

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 243

a series is now available in Field Museum, obtained by the Cutting
Sikkim Expedition. The external and cranial resemblance of klossi
to P. leucurus is evidently so close that suspicion seems justified
as to the normality of the numerical difference in dentition.

Parascaptor leucurus Blyth. WHITE-TAILED MOLE.

Talpa leucura Blyth, Jour. As. Soc. Beng., 19, p. 215, pi. 4, figs. 1, la, 1850 —
Cherrapunji, Assam.

REC. 1925-29.— Xieng Kuang, L. 1.

This specimen has not been examined, but the record by Thomas
is accepted although his failure to make any reference to it when
describing Talpa klossi seems rather unaccountable.

Ghimarrogale himalayica Gray. HIMALAYAN WATER SHREW.

Cros&opus himalayicus Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (1), 10, p. 261, 1842 —
"Himalayas," India.

K.-R.— Phong Saly, L. 1.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 2.

Water shrews from Tonkin and Laos appear referable to the
Himalayan form and do not especially approach the one recorded
from Annam or that from Fukien. They differ from typical hima-
layica in somewhat paler, less brownish under parts, but the material
is so limited that it seems inadvisable to add any further names.
Collector's measurements of an adult male are: total length 213;
tail 84; hind foot 26.

The type of himalayica in the British Museum is a "dismounted,"
stuffed skin somewhat altered by exposure to light and its skull is
represented only by tiny fragments to which are attached the upper
incisors, five of the upper unicuspids, one lower incisor, and one lower
unicuspid. There are three additional specimens from Sikkim includ-
ing one skull without braincase but with the antecranial part and
all the teeth intact. The teeth of Indo-Chinese specimens agree in
size with those of the type and the other specimen examined from
Sikkim. In size of teeth himalayica stands well differentiated from
the other continental members of the group and perhaps does not
intergrade with them. The others, however, differ among them-
selves mainly in the size of the teeth, styani (Szechwan) being
smallest, leander (Fukien) slightly larger, and varennei (Annam) a
little larger still; but none of them equals himalayica. It is not

244 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

improbable, therefore, that gradation from one to the other will
eventually be found.

External characters are difficult to evaluate with only one or
two specimens of each form available. In styani (two specimens
only) the under parts are very light-colored and this silvery extends
to the upper lips and sides of the face; in leander (type only) the
entire under parts are so worn that they appear scarcely lighter
than the upper parts, but the white on the under side of the tail
is marked although extending for only two-thirds its length; in
varennei (type only) the tail is wholly dark and thus unique among
continental forms.

The group to which these water shrews belong is a very compact
one. The species of Borneo (phaeura) and Sumatra (sumatrana)
have been placed separately in a genus Crossogale (Thomas, Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), 7, p. 243, March, 1921), although it is obvious
that they are very closely allied to the continental ones belonging
to true Chimarrogale. This close relationship, which may be of
much zoogeographic importance, was recognized when both con-
tinental and insular species were included in Chimarrogale. Dividing
them into two genera obscures the relationship and unless the dis-
tinctions between them should be very pronounced, would seem to
be a disadvantage rather than otherwise. These distinctions are
relative, not absolute, and consist only in the development in
Crossogale of an inner cusp on the upper incisors making them
imperfectly bifid. This cusp is found in an incipient condition in
Chimarrogale and, if a large number of specimens were available,
it is not unlikely that occasional ones would show more of it. It
is the normal condition in Soriculus.

There are then two significant facts about this group: (1) the
obvious relationship of the continental and insular species; and (2)
the pronounced development of a supplementary inner cusp in the
upper incisors of the two island species. One of these facts is em-
phasized by using only one generic name and the other by using two
generic names. If Crossogale were given only subgeneric rank,
however, the nomenclature and both facts would be in complete
conformity. It seems to be a particularly good illustration of the
undesirable results obtained by overemphasis of the generic category
of classification.

Crocidura dracula Thomas.

Croddura dracula Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), 9, p. 686, June, 1912
— near Mongtze, Yunnan.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 245

Crocidura praedax Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), 11, p. 656, June,
1923 — Likiang valley, Yunnan.

K.-R.— Ba Nam, T. 1; Chapa, T. 1; Lai Chau, T. 2; Muong Chao
Noi, near Phong Saly, L. 1; Muong Mo, T. 1; Nguluko, Yunnan 2.
D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 40 (35 sk., 5 ale.); Hoi Xuan, A. 1.
REC. 1925-29.— Ngai Tio, T. 3.

Although not taken in numbers by the Kelley-Roosevelts Expedi-
tion, the very large series obtained by Delacour and Lowe at Chapa
seems to indicate that this is the most common shrew of the elevated
parts of Tonkin. It is also well represented in Field Museum by
numerous specimens from the Likiang region of Yunnan, type locality
of C. praedax.

Examination of the types of both dracula and praedax in the
British Museum shows only differences which are quite bridged
over in the series. The slight color differences noted by Thomas
prove to be entirely seasonal and any attempt to substantiate a
northern form on the basis of larger size is negatived by the occurrence
of numerous large specimens in the more southern localities. The
largest of all examined are three from the Namting River at the
Burma border. The single specimen from Hoi Xuan, which is still
farther removed from Likiang, is distinctly larger than the type of
praedax. A decidedly immature specimen from Laos is very much
darker than any of the adults. It seems necessary, therefore, to
regard dracula and praedax as the same and to conclude that minor
size variations, as in several others of the smaller insectivores of
the region, do not in this case have classificatory significance.

The supposed relationship of C. griscescens Howell to C. dracula
appears to need substantiation by further specimens. A topotype,
loaned by the United States National Museum, has a shorter tail
than in dracula, and the imperfect skull is smaller with a shorter
toothrow. In fact, the skull and teeth show very close agreement
with some of the larger examples of attenuata from Szechwan. The
hind foot is rather large, but the specimen has the appearance of
having been remade, perhaps from alcohol, so measurements taken
from it are probably untrustworthy.

Crocidura attenuata Milne-Edwards.

Crocidura attenuata Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, 7,
p. 92, 1872; Rech. Mamm., p. 263, pis. 38b, 39a, 1868-74— Mouping,
Szechwan.

K.-R. — Yachowfu, Szechwan 1.

246 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

This common Chinese shrew is represented by one specimen
taken by Jack Young, interpreter for Theodore and Kermit Roosevelt.

Crocidura vorax G. M. Allen.

Crocidura vorax G. M. Allen, Am. Mus. Novit., No. 100, p. 8, Dec., 1923—
Snow Mountain, near Likiang, Yunnan.

K.-R. — Nien Yuenfu, Szechwan 1.

This specimen, taken in April, is considerably paler than one
from Likiang, taken in November, but otherwise is closely similar.

Crocidura indochinensis Robinson & Kloss.

Crocidura indochinensis Robinson & Kloss, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), 9, p
88, Jan., 1922 — Dalat, Langbian Plateau, Annam.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 2 (ale.).

Two small shrews in alcohol appear to represent this species,
with the description of which they agree in dimensions and cranial
characters. They are rather smaller than C. vorax, but their upper
unicuspids have similar proportions and, therefore, as suggested
by G. M. Allen, they may be allied to that species. The upper
toothrow in one specimen measures 7.3; width of palate including
molars 5.2.

Suncus caeruleus Kerr. MUSK SHREW.

Sorex caeruleus Kerr, Anim. King., p. 207, 1792 — India.
K.-R. — Phouc Mon, Quangtri, A. 14.

No attempt has been made to determine these other than as
members of the caeruleus series, formerly known under the name
murina and more recently as myosurus. The Indian forms have
been studied recently (Lindsay, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., 33,
pp. 326-340, Feb., 1929), but the identification of outlying speci-
mens is still difficult owing, as Mrs. Lindsay states, to the unnatural
dispersal of the animals which has taken place through railways
and steamships. A large adult from the present series measures:
total length 230; tail 81; hind foot 22.5.

Blarinella wardi Thomas. WARD'S SHORT-TAILED SHREW.

. Blarinella wardi Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), 15, p. 336, 1915 — Hpimaw,
Upper Burma.

K.-R. — Nguluko, near Likiang, Yunnan 1.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS— OSGOOD 247

A single specimen of the rare genus Blarinella may be referred
to this species. The skull, which is imperfect anteriorly, has a
braincase with a width of 8.5 mm., exactly the dimension given
for the type of wardi. The breadth between the outer edges of the
glenoid processes is 5.2 mm.

Anourosorex squamipes Milne-Edwards.

Anourosorex squamipes Milne-Edwards, Comptes Rendus, Acad. Sci. Paris,

70, p. 341, 1870 — Mouping, Szechwan, China.
Anourosorex squamipes capnias G. M. Allen, Am. Mus. Novit., No. 100, p.

10, Dec. 28, 1923— To-mu-lang, Chung Tien, Yunnan, China.
Anourosorex assamensis capita G. M. Allen, supra cit., p. 11 — Mucheng,

Salween drainage, Yunnan, China.

K.-R.— Chapa, T. 7.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 30 (4 ale.).

The series of more than thirty specimens from a single locality
in Tonkin shows a range of variation in size and color completely
covering the supposed distinctions between several named forms.
After studying this series and all the specimens in the British Museum
(about sixty in number) representing various localities from northern
Szechwan to Assam, together with topotypes and material from the
original series of the two forms described by Allen, I can find no
logical basis for division of the group beyond the recognition of
squamipes as a wide-ranging, variable species with one local differen-
tiation (assamensis') confined to certain parts of Assam.

Available material from Szechwan representing typical squamipes
does not show such variation in size as that from more southern
localities, but the preponderance of the southern specimens is
practically indistinguishable. The extremes of size shown in various
of the southern series are very puzzling, but they do not seem to
have any geographic or altitudinal basis, since they occur indis-
criminately in Yunnan, Assam, Burma and Tonkin. Color and
dental characters also fail when large series are examined. The
"greenish" color of the under parts supposed to characterize capito
occasionally appears in Szechwan specimens and in the Tonkin
series there is evidence that it may be largely, if not wholly, seasonal.
This series includes material taken by two different parties at
different dates. Specimens obtained by Delacour and Lowe in early
December are mostly in a "bluish" plumbeous coat showing evidence
of wear and obviously being a summer or autumn pelage about to
be renewed. Several specimens show the renewal beginning and have

248 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

patches of the "greenish" appearing on the under parts. These
specimens, therefore, are carrying parts of two pelages, one bluish
and the other greenish. Specimens from the same locality taken
two months later by the Kelley-Roosevelts Expedition in February
are in a fresh new pelage in which the hair is soft and long and the
under parts mostly greenish or brownish.

The notch in the second upper incisor is usually found in young
unworn teeth, while in the old worn ones it has disappeared, but it
is not always well marked in young examples and in almost every
series examined there are specimens that show it and others that
do not.

The only evidence of pronounced and constant distinction from
squamipes is shown by two series from the Jaintia Hills and the
Mishmi Hills, Assam. These are constantly larger and have coarser
pelage than squamipes even when this is regarded in a broad sense
to include the larger specimens found recurrently in Yunnan, Burma,
and Tonkin. It is probable, therefore, that the large head ascribed
to assamensis by Anderson was that of a specimen of this kind
and it may be possible to recognize assamensis as a local race of
squamipes. That it is quite local is shown by a single specimen
from the Garo Hills, eastern Assam, which is smaller and not appreci-
ably different from typical squamipes.

Measurements of a skull of average size from Shangpung, Jaintia
Hills, and of a somewhat larger one from Mishmi Hills are as follows:
superior margin of foramen magnum to tip of premaxillae1 25.1,
26; greatest length including incisors 26.4, 27.3; palatal length 11.9,
12.2; mastoid width 14.2, 14.9; upper toothrow 12.2, 12.5.

In 1916 Wroughton (Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., 24, p. 766)
referred specimens from the Chin Hills, Burma, to A. squamipes,
quoting 0. Thomas as follows: "After very careful examination, I
fail to find any character by which this animal can be distinguished
from the A. squamipes of Szechwan." At that time the large speci-
mens from Assam, referred to above, had not been received and
later when they were listed by Hinton and Lindsay (Jour. Bomb.
Nat. Hist. Soc., 31, p. 391, Aug., 1926), the name squamipes was
applied to them without comment, this doubtless being due to the
previously expressed conclusions of Wroughton and Thomas. Mean-
while, without access to any of this material, but with appreciation
of the large size of assamensis as originally described, G. M. Allen
(supra cit.) found what appeared to be a larger and a smaller form

lThis measurement for his type is given by Anderson as 1.04 inches.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 249

at different altitudes in Yunnan and he naturally regarded one as
being related to squamipes and the other to assamensis. This
interpretation is perhaps still possible, but a review of practically
all existing specimens does not give it confirmation and, unless
careful field studies not yet made should demonstrate some logical
segregation of the larger and the smaller Anourosorex throughout
its range, the recognition of several forms cannot be justified. In
order to recognize squamipes, capita, and capnias, it would almost
be necessary to assume that all three occur at one locality in Tonkin.
In the large series of this genus in the British Museum, the
prominence of the elongated hairs of the rump is very striking. This
does not seem to be correlated with sex but probably is connected
with some glandular development. In 90 per cent of the specimens,
these hairs are much elongated, forming an elevated tuft, almost
a brush, on the rump. The hairs in most cases are paler than on
other parts, rusty brownish or even whitish. Usually they are
glistening with a mucilaginous exudation, or frequently matted
together with it. The simulation of caked soil or other inorganic
matter suggests that there is some connection with the burrowing
habit, but examination of the hairs under a hand lens usually shows
nothing on them except the above-mentioned exudate. This has
been referred to casually by Anderson and Allen, but it appears to
deserve emphasis, evidently being a unique character which would
well repay study in the field with living animals and which should
be examined by dissection of fresh specimens.

Chodsigoa lowei sp. nov.

Type from Chapa, Tonkin. No. 32.4.19.4. British Museum.
Adult male. Collected Nov. 23, 1929, by J. Delacour and W. Lowe.
Orig. No. 1,298.

Diagnosis. — Size medium; tail considerably longer than head
and body; skull with a high, narrow braincase very different from
the broad, flattened type usual in the genus.

Color. — Entire body Dark Mouse Gray slightly tinged with
brownish on the chest and throat; sparse hairs on feet wholly dusky;
tail dusky above, very slightly lighter below in proximal fourth;
tip (3 mm.) of tail white; whiskers mainly white or dusky with white
tips.

Skull. — General shape long and slender; braincase high, narrow,
and smoothly rounded without trace of a sagittal ridge; projection

250 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

of glenoid fossa reduced and but slightly evident from above; teeth
somewhat narrower than in C. hypsibia although the length of the
toothrow may be slightly greater; molars without pigmentation.

Measurements. — Collectors' measurements of type: total length
163; head and body 77; tail 86; hind foot 15. Skull of type: greatest
length 20.4; condylo-basal length 19.2; interorbital constriction 5;
width of braincase 9.3; height of braincase 5.3; length of palate
7.8; width of palate with molars 5.7; postpalatilar length 9.1; upper
toothrow 8.8; lower toothrow 8.2.

Remarks. — Although the collection contains but one specimen
of this species, its characters are very marked and it cannot be
referred to any named form. The shape of the braincase shows
none of the flattening seen in C. hypsibia and C. smithi. In fact
it goes almost to the opposite extreme in which the sides of the
braincase are approaching the vertical. There is no trace of a
sagittal crest and the cranial outlines are essentially as in typical
Soriculiis. To this extent, therefore, it breaks down the distinctions
between Chodsigoa and Soriculus, leaving only the presence or absence
of the minute premolar and the pigmentation of the molars to separate
them.

This is the first and only record of Chodsigoa south of China.
The species is named for Willoughby Lowe.

Chodsigoa smithi Thomas.

Chodsigoa smithi Thomas, Abstr. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 4, 1911 — Tatsienlu,
Szechwan.

K.-R. — Yulongkong, Szechwan 1.

Collector's measurements are: total length 171; tail 75; hind
foot 16. Greatest length of skull 23.5; width of braincase 10.9;
upper toothrow 10.3.

Soriculus leucops Horsfield. INDIAN LONG-TAILED SHREW.

Sorex leucops "Hodgson," Horsfield, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (2), 16, p. Ill,

1855— Nepal.
Sorex macrurus Hodgson, Cat. Mamm. Nepal & Thibet, ed. 2, p. 9, 1863 —

nomen nudum.
Soriculus macrurus "Hodgson," Blanford, Mamm. Brit. India, p. 231, 1891

— Darjeeling, India.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Mount Fan Si Pan (alt. 10,000 feet), near
Chapa, T. 1 (ale.).

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 251

A single alcoholic specimen is evidently allied to the small
long-tailed shrew of northern India. No Indian specimens are at
hand, but comparison with a specimen of S. irene (probably a sub-
species of leucops) shows the skulls to be very similar, that of irene
being slightly larger. Measurements taken from the alcoholic speci-
men are : total length 163 ; tail 95 ; hind foot with claws 15.8. Greatest
length of skull 17.7.

Soriculus baileyi Thomas. BAILEY'S LONG-TAILED SHREW.

Soriculus baileyi Thomas, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., 22, p. 683, 1914 —
Tsu River, Mishmi Hills, India.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Mount Fan Si Pan (alt. 10,000 feet), near
Chapa, T. 11 (1 skin and skull, 3 skins, 7 ale.).

No comparison of these specimens with the type of S. baileyi
has been made, but measurements indicate they are closely similar
to if not identical with it. The tail length in the eleven specimens
ranges from 68 mm. to 76 with an average of 70. Greatest length
of skull 21.1; width of braincase 10.1; width of palate with molars
5.4; upper toothrow 9 (9.6);* front of i1 to front of p4 4.1 (4.3);
combined length of three large unicuspids 2.5 (2.7); height of first
unicuspid 1.1 (1.2); length of mandible with incisor 13.3 (14.1).

The genus Soriculus has not been recorded before from Indo-China.

Sorex minutus thibetanus Kastschenko.

S[orex] minutus subsp. thibetanus Kastschenko, Survey of Mammals of
Western Siberia and Turkestan.f p. 93, Tomsk, 1905 — Tsaidam, Mongolia.

K.-R. — Muli, Szechwan (10 miles north) 1.

A single tiny shrew obtained by Jack Young may be assigned
provisionally to this form. Collector's measurements are: total
length 80; tail 33; hind foot 11. The skull is very small with a low,
flattened braincase and the fifth upper unicuspid is relatively large
but low-crowned and without pigmentation. The greatest length
of the skull is 15.1; width of braincase 6.5; upper toothrow 6.5.

Panthera pardus delacouri Pocock. LEOPARD.

Panthera pardus delacouri Pocock, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., 34, p. 325,
pi. 11, July 15, 1930 — Hue1, Annam.

K.-R.— Phong Saly, L. 2 (skulls).
REC. 1925-29.— Hue, A. 1.

* Measurements in parentheses are those published for the type of baileyi.
f Translated title furnished through the courtesy of M. A. C. Hinton.

252 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

D. & L. 1929-30.— Hue, A. 1 (type, skin and skull); Quangtri,
A. 1 (pelt).

WULSIN 1924.— Baxat, L.? 1 (skull).

The leopard of Indo-China has been distinguished recently by
Pocock, the type being a specimen in the Delacour and Lowe collec-
tion of 1930. His characterization is as follows: "A race from
Annam, recalling japonensis in colour but with the rosettes smaller
and closer set and with darker centres, and the coat on the body
and tail as short and sleek as in the typical Indian panther."

Panthera tigris Linnaeus. TIGER.

Felis tigris Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, p. 41, 1758 — Asia.

K.-R.— Phong Saly, L. 1 (skull); Vientiane, L. 1 (skull).
D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 2 (pelts).

Felis (Neofelis) nebulosa Griffith. CLOUDED LEOPARD.

Felis nebulosa Griffith, Descr. Vert., p. 37, 1821 — Canton, China.
K.-R.— Near Lao Kay, T. 1 (pelt).

Felis (Profelis) temmincki dominicanorum Sclater.

Felis dominicanorum Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 2, pi. 1, 1898 — Foochow,
Fukien, China.

K.-R. — Lao Fou Chai, L. 1 (pelt); Luang Prabang, L. 1 (pelt).

D. & L. 1929-30.— Hue, A. 1; Lao Bao, A. 1 (pelt).

REC. 1925-29.— Bao Ha, T. 1; Xieng Kuang, L. 1.

Both color phases are represented, one wholly grayish brown
and the other wholly bright ochraceous. The skin from Lao Fou
Chai, probably of an immature animal, has very soft, long fur and
the tail is indistinctly annulated.

Felis (Pardofelis) marmorata Martin. MARBLED CAT.

Felis marmorata Martin, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 108, 1836 — "Java or
Sumatra."

D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 1 (pelt).
REC. 1925-29.— Backan, T. 1.

This cat is evidently rare in the region, the records apparently
being the most northeastern for the species.

Felis (Zibethailurus) viverrina Bennett. FISHING CAT.

Felis viverrina Bennett, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 68, 1833 — India.

REC. 1925-29.— Saigon, C.C. 1.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS— OSGOOD 253

Felis (Felis) affinis fulvidina Thomas. JUNGLE CAT.

Felis affinis fulvidina Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 834, 1929— Tay
Ninh, Cochin China.

REC. 192&-29.— Tay Ninh, C.C. 1.
Felis (Prionalurus) bengalensis Kerr. LEOPARD CAT.

Felis bengalensis Kerr, Anim. King., p. 151, 1792 — Calcutta, India.

K.-R.— Ba Nam Nhung, T. 1; Muong Moun, T. 4; Muong Yo,
L. 1; Phong Saly, L. 2.

D. & L. 1929-30.— "Annam," 2; Hoi Xuan, A. 1; Hue, A. 1;
Kratie, C. 1; Lao Bao, A. 1; Pakha, T. 3; Quangtri, A. 1.

DEL. 1931-32.— Thateng, L. 1.

REC. 1925-29.— Backan, T. 11; Hue, A. 1; Ngai Tio, T. 1;
Nganson, T. 1; Quang Ngai, A. 1; Quangtri, A. 1; Tay Ninh, C.C. 3;
Xieng Kuang, L. 8.

WULSIN 1924.— Lai Chau, T. 1.

The small series from Tonkin and Laos taken by the Kelley-
Roosevelts Expedition shows relatively little variation. One old
male has the spots of the upper parts much enlarged and with a
tendency to confluence into broad stripes. The others vary within
quite narrow limits, the ground color light ochraceous with medium-
sized black spots and stripes regularly arranged.

Flesh measurements of two adult males are: total length 873,
870; tail vertebrae 300, 315; hind foot 130, 125. Two adult females:
795, 783; 305, 284; 115, 117.

Felis (Prionalurus) chinensis Gray. CHINESE LEOPARD CAT.

Felis chinensis Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., n.s., 1, p. 577, 1837 — China.

K.-R. — Phouc Mon, Quangtri, A. 1.

In a preliminary examination of the spotted cats of the Kelley-
Roosevelts collection, this specimen was noted as so distinct from
all others that it was taken to London for comparison with material
in the British Museum. An unexpected result was the discovery
that it is practically identical with Gray's type of Felis chinensis,
which is preserved in good condition and which is supposed to have
come from Canton. The specimen is a female measured, skinned,
and "made up" by Hendee, so there is no question of locality or
data. It has a short tail, small feet, and spots reduced to very
small flecks except on the legs and under parts where they are much

254 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

as in bengalensis. Its body color is that of a finely speckled animal
rather than that of one heavily spotted or striped. The black spots
on the body are numerous, but very small, not exceeding 8 mm. in
diameter. The markings about the head, legs, and under parts are
as usual in bengalensis, but there the resemblance ceases. The
common pattern of large spots and stripes on the back and sides is
lacking. The small spots are regularly distributed over a ground
color of two shades of grayish buff and do not show any tendency
to confluence.

Flesh measurements taken by the collector are: total length 697;
tail 239; hind foot 108. The skull, so far as preserved, shows no
marked departure from that of bengalensis. The teeth are smaller
than in any specimen of bengalensis examined, the length of the
carnassial being 9.4 (in bengalensis 10-10-6).

This specimen goes so far beyond the wide variation known in
bengalensis that it seems to require some special explanation, but it
is difficult to find any. Its agreement with the type of chinensis
suggests the possibility that a coastal race may occupy the area from
Annam to Canton without ranging inland. In the Delacour and
Lowe collection, however, there are specimens supposed to come
from the coast of Annam which do not differ greatly from the usual
bengalensis. The exact localities for these specimens are open to
slight question and it is not impossible that they may have been
brought from a distance. A specimen from the island of Hainan,
as described by J. A. Allen (Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., 22, p. 478,
1906), seems, on the other hand, to have the speckled coloration
somewhat as in the type of chinensis and the specimen from Quangtri
under consideration.

The possibility of hybridism, perhaps with the domestic cat,
cannot be entirely excluded, but it is difficult to accept the idea
that this specimen is a mere color variant of bengalensis. Since it
agrees with the type of chinensis, it is treated under that name and
other small spotted cats from Indo-China are referred to bengalensis.

Felis (Prionalurus) scripta Milne-Edwards. SZECHWAN CAT.

Fells scripta Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, 7, p. 92,
1870; Rech. Mamm., p. 341, pis. 57, 58, 1870-74— Mouping, Szechwan.

K.-R. — Tatsienlu, Szechwan 1.

This specimen agrees well with the description and figures of
Milne-Edwards and doubtless is a good representative of the cat

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 255

named scripta. Whether this animal is more than subspecifically
separable from bengalensis and whether or not it is distinguishable
from microtis of Peking are questions for future determination.

Viverra zibetha Linnaeus. LARGE INDIAN CIVET.

Viverra zibetha Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, p. 44, 1758 — Bengal, India.

K.-R.— Ba Nam Nhung, T. 2; Muong Mo, T. 1; Muong Yo
L. 2; Lai Chau, T. 1; Nguluko, Yunnan 1.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 1; Hoi Xuan, A. 3; Hue, A. 1;
Lao Bao, A. 1; Quangtri, A. 1.

REC. 1925-29.— Backan, T. 5; Bao Ha, T. 1; Dakto, A. 1;
Kontoum, A. 1; Phu Rieng, C.C. 1; Quangtri, A. 1; Xieng Kuang,
L. 2.

Following Allen (Am. Mus. Novit., No. 359, p. 1, 1929), these
are referred to the typical Indian form of this variable and wide-
spread species, proper subdivision of which must await a more
extensive study than has yet been made. Doubtless there are
several recognizable races but attempts to delimit them so far have
been unsatisfactory. If an Indo-Chinese form should be demon-
strable, it would take the name surdaster (Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc.
Lond., p. 46, 1927).

Viverra megaspila Blyth. BURMESE CIVET.

Viverra megaspila Blyth, Jour. As. Soc. Beng., 31, p. 331, 1862 — Prome,
Lower Burma.

K.-R.— Saigon, C.C. 1.

REC. 1925-29.— Tay Ninh, C.C. 1 (pelt).

Viverricula malaccensis Gmelin. SMALL INDIAN CIVET.

Viverra malaccensis Gmelin, Syst. Nat., ed. 13, p. 92, 1788 — Malacca.

K.-R. — Phong Saly, L. 2; Phouc Mon, Quangtri, A. 3; Saigon,
C C. 1.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 2; Kratie, C. 1; Pakha, T. 1;
Phang Ran, A. 2; Saigon, C.C. 2.

DEL. 1931-32.— Bomkieng, L. 1.

REC. 1925-29.— Dakto, A. 1; Langson, T. 4; Nape", L. 2; Ngai
Tio, T. 3; Phu Rieng, C.C. 2; Thuy Ba, Quangtri, A. 2.

As between V. malaccensis of the Malay States and V. m. pallida
of southeastern China, the Indo-Chinese small civets undoubtedly
fall with the southern form which is smaller and has the upper side

256 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

of the terminal part of the tail more extensively whitish. In the
absence of material from Siam representing V. m. thai (Kloss, Jour.
Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam, 3, p. 352, 1919), no attempt has been made
at any finer distinction than that between malaccensis and pallida.
Geographical probabilities, however, favor the assumption that
gradation between malaccensis and pallida should be found some-
where in Siam or Indo-China.

Prionodon (Pardictis) pardicolor Hodgson. SPOTTED TIGER
CIVET.

Prionodon pardicolor Hodgson, Calcutta Jour. Nat. Hist., 2, p. 57, pi. 1, figs.

3, 6, 1842— Nepal.
Pardictis pardicolor presina Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 499, 1925 —

Ngai Tio, Tonkin.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 6.

REC. 1925-29.— Backan, T. 3; Bao Ha, T. 1; "Hanoi," T. 1
(pelt); Ngai Tio, T. 1; Xieng Kuang, L. 2.

The series from Chapa shows some variation in size and depth
of color and, although comparison with the type of "presina" has
not been made, the inference is very strong that it cannot be main-
tained as a highland race. The specimens at hand have the throat,
chest and inner sides of the legs rich ochraceous buff. Measurements
of three adult males are: total length 350, 370, 372; tail 350, 335,
360; hind foot 62, 65, 62. Condylo-basal length of an adult male
skull is 71.6.

Chrotogale owstoni Thomas. OWSTON'S CIVET (Plate XI, facing
p. 220).

Chrotogale pwstonl Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 500, 1912 — Yen Bai,
Songkoi River, Tonkin; ibid., p. 499, 1925; ibid., pp. 47-48, pis. 1, 2, 1927.

K.-R.— Muong Moun, T. 1.
D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 2.

REC. 1925-29.— Nganson, T. 1; Thai Nien, T. 1 (pelt); "Tonkin,"
4 (pelts); Xieng Kuang, L. 2 (1 pelt).

With the exception of the type, the specimens above listed include
all known examples of this rare and interesting civet. The one from
Muong Moun obtained by R. E. Wheeler is the first fully adult
specimen with complete skin and perfect skull to be examined.
Flesh measurements are: total length 1,010; tail vertebrae 490; hind
foot 91. Skulls (cf and 9): greatest length 118.3, 105.2; condylo-
basal length 114, 102.3; palatal length 56.9, 51.8; zygomatic width

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 257

51.6, 50.3; interorbital constriction 15.9, 15.4; width of braincase

36.7, 34.9; median length of nasals 31, 26.5; width between audital
bullae 11.6, 10.9; last molar to foramen magnum 53.8, 51; upper
toothrow including canine 42.6, 36.5; space between canine and
outer incisor 6, 5.9; width across outer incisors 14.4, 11.9; lower
toothrow including canine 47.1, 40.9.

The two specimens from Chapa are male and female and very
old with worn teeth and highly developed sagittal crests extending
the entire length of the crania. In the male skull the audital bullae
are extraordinarily reduced in size, being at least a third smaller
than those in the mature skull from Muong Moun.

A feature of color not mentioned by Thomas is a narrow mid-
ventral line of rich ochraceous extending from the breast to the
inguinal region. The two dark markings on the upper side of the
proximal part of the tail are essentially repetitions of the transverse
markings of the back. They are confined to the top and sides
of the tail and are not completed below. The terminal two-thirds of
the tail is black all around.

The labels of both the specimens collected by Willoughby Lowe
carry the notation that the stomachs contained earthworms. Al-
though meager, this information is welcome as being the first intima-
tion of the animal's habits which may have some relation to its
peculiar dentition.

Cynogale bennetti Gray. WEB-FOOTED CIVET.

Cynogale bennettii Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 88, 1836 — Sumatra.
REC. 1925-29.— Backan, T. 1.

Paradoxurus hermaphroditus laotum Gyldenstolpe. COMMON
PALM CIVET.

Paradoxurus hermaphroditus laotum Gyldenstolpe, Kungl. Svensk. Vet. Akad.

Handl., 57, No. 2, p. 26, 1917— Chieng Hai, Siam.
Paradoxurus birmanicus Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., 25, p. 51,

1917 — Mingun, near Sagaing, Upper Burma.

K.-R.— Saigon, C.C. 2.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 1; Hu§, A. 1; Kratie, C. 1; Lao Bao,
A.I.

DEL. 1931-32.— Thateng, L. 4.

REC. 1925-29.— Hue, A. 3; Kontoum, A. 1; Quangtri, A. 2;
Tay Ninh, C.C. 2.

258 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

Among these specimens, several have no skulls and others are
immature. Variation in size of teeth and audital bullae is consider-
able and identification is doubtful. Those from Cochin China should
perhaps be referred to cochinensis (Schwarz, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
(8), 7, p. 635, 1911), but the relation of this to minor and ravus is
not clear and variation is so great that without comparable material
representing all the names proposed, there is little to be gained by
attempts to identify individual specimens. One adult from Hue
seems indistinguishable from ravus, and it is evident that the presence
of black on the crown can be of significance only when applied as
an average. The specimen from Chapa is a small female, rather
more fulvous in color than usual. G. M. Allen has recently referred
specimens from Hainan to laotum, a name which takes precedence
over birmanicus used by Wroughton and Thomas. P. exitus Schwarz,
from the vicinity of Canton, China, is still earlier and, since it was
based on a single skull, there is little to show how laotum may differ
from it.

Paradoxurus cross! Gray.

Paradoxurus crossi Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 66, 1832 — Nepal.
D. & L. 1929-30.— Lung Lunh, A. 1.

A single specimen, not fully mature, may be referred provisionally
to this species although it has not been compared with Indian
material. Except for its dark tail, feet, and slight head markings,
itjis uniformly dull and faintly grizzled whitish without any suggestion
of spots or stripes.

Arctogalidia leucotis Horsfield. WHITE-EARED PALM CIVET.

Paradoxuriis leucotis Horsfield, Cat. East Ind. Mus., p. 66, 1851 — Tenasserim.
DEL. 1931-32.— Paleng, L. 1; Thateng, L. 2.
REC. 1925-29.— Xieng Kuang, L. 1.

These appear to furnish the only records of this species from
Indo-China.

Arctictis binturong Raffles. BINTURONG.

Viverra binturong Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., 13, p. 253, 1822 — Sumatra.
REC. 1925-29.— "Tonkin," 1.

Paguma larvata H. Smith. MASKED PALM CIVET.

Gulo larvatus H. Smith, Griffith's Anim. King., 2, p. 281, pi., 1827— no locality.

Paguma larvata Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), 3, p. 377, 1909; G. M.

Allen, Am. Mus. Novit., No. 359, p. 5, 1929— lower Yangtze Valley.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 259

Paguma larvata rivalis Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), 8, p. 618, Dec.,
1921 — Ichang on the Yangtze, southeastern Szechwan.

K.-R. — Baurong, Szechwan 1; Mouping, Szechwan 1.

G. M. Allen, after studying a large amount of material, has
recently concluded that only two continental races of P. larvata are
recognizable. These are larvata of central China, paler and more
generally grayish, and intrudens of southwestern China, Burma, and
Tonkin, darker and more rufescent. If this be correct, extremes of
paleness might be expected in western Szechwan and of rufescence in
Tonkin. This seems to be the case and specimens from Fukien, while
doubtless referable to larvata, are perhaps somewhat intermediate.

The specimen from Mouping, which is the northernmost yet
recorded, is very light-colored, especially on the sides where it is
more silvery than any other specimen examined. The upper side
of its tail is entirely black and this extends a short distance on the
back. It agrees fairly well with the type of rivalis except in its tail
which is unique. The type has the tail wholly light-colored, but the
tip is missing. A topotype in bad condition has about two-thirds
of the tail black and another specimen from Sui Ling, near Chung-
king, has a tail with the usual proportion of black. It is evident,
therefore, that there may be much variation in markings and,
although specimens from the upper Yangtze probably average paler
than those from Fukien and the lower Yangtze, they are collectively
separable from intrudens on the basis of paler color and further
division seems unnecessary.

Paguma larvata intrudens Wroughton. SOUTHERN MASKED
PALM CIVET.

Paguma larvata intrudens Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., 19, p.

793, 1910 — near Myitkyina, Upper Burma.
Paguma larvata yunalis Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), 8, p. 617, Dec.,

1921 — Yen-Yuen-Sian, southern Szechwan.

K.-R.— Lai Chau, T. 1; Muong Moun, T. 1; Muong Mo, T. 1;
Nguluko, Yunnan 1.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 4; Hue, A. 1.

DEL. 1931-32— Paleng, L. 1.

REC. 1925-29.— Backan, T. 1; Nape", L. 3; Xieng Kuang, L. 3.

The masked palm-civet of central Tonkin has been recorded by
Thomas under the name yunalis, but this, as concluded by G. M.
Allen (Am. Mus. Novit., No. 359, pp. 4-8, July, 1929), seems to be
a synonym of intrudens. Yunnan specimens are essentially similar

260 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

to those from Tonkin although the usual minor variations are present.
One of the Tonkin specimens is more grayish than the others and
perhaps may be an indication of a slight dimorphism which would
account for some of the wide variation recorded for the species. In
this specimen, instead of cinnamon rufous, the back and the proximal
part of the tail are olivaceous gray, somewhat the shade called by
Ridgway Buffy Brown. The under parts are dull whitish instead
of buffy. This specimen, therefore, is very similar to larvata from
Fukien, whereas intrudens is usually more rufescent. In one example
the nuchal white is expanded into a broad patch with scarcely any
black between it and the cinnamon rufous of the back. In two others,
this white is reduced to a narrow line surrounded by pure black,
this latter extending to the interscapular region.

One individual, which externally appears quite as mature as the
others, still retains its milk teeth, all of which have the crowns
badly worn, indicating either that the teeth are retained for an
unusually long time or that some exceptionally abrasive food is
habitually taken.

Paguma larvata vagans (Kloss, Jour. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam, 3,
p. 73, 1918) from Siam has not been examined.

Herpestes urva Hodgson. CRAB-EATING MONGOOSE.

Gulo urva Hodgson, Jour. As. Soc. Beng., 5, p. 283, 1836 — Nepal.
DEL. 1931-32.— Thateng, L. 1.

REC. 1925-29.— Backan, T. 10; Langson, T. 1; Phuqui, A. 2;
Xieng Kuang, L. 2.

Herpestes exilis Gervais. ANNAM MONGOOSE.

Herpestes exilis Gervais, Voy. Bonite, 1, p. 32, pi. 3, figs. 7-9, 1841 — Tourane,
Annam.

K.-R. — Phouc Mon, Quangtri, A. 5.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Hue, A. 1.

REC. 1925-29.— Col des Nuages, A. 1; Hue, A. 3; Thula-hun,
A. 2.

These show considerable variation and one specimen has the
ferruginous of the head continued down the middle of the back to
the base of the tail.

Charronia flavigula Boddaert. INDIAN MARTEN.

Mustela flavigula Boddaert, Blench. Anim., p. 88, 1785 — northern India.

DEL. 1931-32.— Thateng, L. 1.

REC. 1925-29.— Dakto, A. 1; Hue, A. 1; Kontoum, A. 1.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 261

Mustela kathiah Hodgson. YELLOW-BELLIED WEASEL.

Mustela (Putoriiis) kathiah Hodgson, Jour. As. Soc. Beng., 4, p. 702, 1835 —
Nepal.

K.-R.— Lieng San, T. 1; Muong Mo, T. 1; Phong Saly, L. 1.
D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 5.
REC. 1925-29.— Xieng Kuang, L. 1.

No distinction appears between Indo-Chinese specimens and
others from Nepal and Sikkim. Most of the specimens in the
British Museum are females or without measurements. Collector's
measurements of males and females of maximum size are, respec-
tively: total length 487, 337; head and body 292, 207; tail 195, 130;
hind foot 48, 35.

A specimen from Fukien, referred by G. M. Allen to kathiah,
is much paler than Indian material, and if it has the normal color
for that region it may be possible to recognize Matschie's melli or
Milne-Edwards's astutus.

Mustela sibirica moupinensis Milne-Edwards. MOUPING WEASEL.

Putorius moupinensis Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris,
7, p. 92, 1870 — Mouping, Szechwan.

K.-R. — Baurong, Szechwan 1 (pelt); Tupakeo, Szechwan 1;
Tiyu, Gomba, Szechwan 1.

An adult female taken Sept. 9 is still in summer pelage. Com-
parison with a specimen from Sikkim representing sithhemachalana
shows only such differences as might be of subspecific importance.
The locality Tupakeo is only a few miles north of Mouping, so the
specimen from there may be taken as topotypical.

Mustela strigidorsa Gray. STRIPED WEASEL.

Miistela strigodorsa "Hodgson," Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 191, 1853
— Sikkim.

K.-R.— Phong Saly, L. 1.

This is an adult female agreeing in every respect with the type
which also is a female. Collector's measurements are: total length
436; tail 150; hind foot 49. Besides the type, there are in the British
Museum four other specimens of this rare weasel, two from Sikkim,
one from Nepal, and one from Upper Burma. The only other
preserved specimen of which there is record seems to be that listed
by Thomas from Thagata, Tenasserim (Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat.
Gen., (2), 10, p. 10, 1892).

262 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII
Lutra tarayensis Hodgson. SMOOTH INDIAN OTTER.

Lutra tarayensis Hodgson, Jour. As. Soc. Beng., 8, p. 319, 1839 — Terai, Nepal.

WULSIN 1924. — Mekong River, L. 1.

DEL. 1931-32.— Pakse, L. 1; Thateng, L. 9 (6 ale.).

REC. 1925-29.— Xieng Kuang, L. 1.

This appears to be the most common otter of the Mekong. The
specimens are mostly immature, eight being newly born young.

Lutra sumatrana Gray. HAIRY-NOSED OTTER.

Lutra sumatrana Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 125, fig., 1865 — Sumatra.
REC. 1925-29.— "Annam," 2.

Lutra lutra chinensis Gray. COMMON OTTER.

Lutra chinensis Gray, Mag. Nat. Hist., (2), 1, p. 280, 1837 — southeastern
China.

K.-R.— Phong Saly, L. 1.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 2; Hoi Xuan, A. 1; Hug, A. 1.

A partly grown otter from Laos belongs to the lutra series and
probably should be referred to L. I. chinensis, a name recently used
by G. M. Allen for specimens from Hainan and Fukien. Others
from Tonkin and Annam, nearly adult, are rather small and charac-
terized by white or buffy white chins. A female from Hoi Xuan
has the entire interramial region and anterior throat nearly pure
white to the roots of the hairs. Its skull has a condylo-basal length
of 100 and zygomatic width of 68.8.

Aonyx cinerea Illiger. CLAWLESS OTTER.

Lutra cinerea Illiger, Abhandl. Akad. Berlin, (1811), p. 99, 1815 — Batavia,
Java.

K.-R.— Lao Bao, A. 1.

DEL. 1931-32.— Thateng, L. 1.

A fine adult female obtained by Coolidge is in the collection.
A somewhat younger female was taken by Delacour in Laos.

Meles meles leucurus Hodgson. ASIATIC BADGER.

Taxidea leucura Hodgson, Jour. As. Soc. Beng., 16, p. 763, pis. 29-31, 1847 —
region of Lhasa, Thibet.

K.-R. — Near Hlagong, district of Tatsienlu, Szechwan 1.

A badger obtained by Stevens in the highlands of northwestern
Szechwan is perhaps best referred to under the name leucurus.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS— OSGOOD 263

Whether this differs from leptorynchus, recently used by G. M.
Allen for Chinese badgers, may not be certain, but leucurus, having
priority, will stand for some Asiatic form unless for other reasons
it should be unavailable. Anderson (Yunnan Exped., 1, p. 197,
1878) states that he has compared the types of leucurus, leptorynchus,
and chinensis without finding significant distinctions.

Arctonyx collaris F. Cuvier. HOG BADGER.

Arctonyx collaris F. Cuvier, Hist. Nat. Mamm., part 51, 2 pp., pi., 1825 —
Bhutan.

K.-R. — Tiyu, Gomba, Szechwan 1 (pelt).

A hunter's skin without skull from southwestern Szechwan may
be referred to this species which G. M. Allen regards as ranging
over all of southern China.

Arctonyx collaris dictator Thomas. SIAMESE HOG BADGER.

Arctonyx dictator Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), 5, p. 424, 1910 — Trang,

lower Siam.
lArctonyx annaeus Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), 7, p. 524, 1921 —

Nhatrang, Annam.

K.-R.— Phong Saly, L. 2.
DEL. 1931-32.— Thateng, L. 4.

A complete skin and skull and an additional hunter's skin are
in the collection. These agree in large size with A. dictator as
described but differ from each other quite markedly in color. Col-
lector's measurements of an adult male are: total length 909; tail
234; hind foot 126. Skull: greatest length 168; condylo-basal length
155; zygomatic width 87.2; least interorbital width 34.4; greatest
diameter of upper molar 17.

Under the name annaeus, an immature specimen has been
described from Nhatrang, Annam, and a skin without skull is
recorded from Phuqui, Annam. No conclusive evidence is presented
to distinguish them from dictator, and until this is forthcoming it
seems best to consider the name annaeus of doubtful status. Speci-
mens from southern Laos are fully as large as northern ones.

Helictis moschata ferreo-grisea Hilzheimer. CHINESE FERRET
BADGER.

Helictis ferreo-griseus Hilzheimer, Zool. Anz., 29, p. 298, 1905 — Hankau,
Hupeh, China.

K.-R. — Baurong, Szechwan 1 (pelt).

264 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

A hunter's skin without skull obtained by Stevens is tentatively
referred to this form which G. M. Allen has regarded as occupying
a considerable range in China. It is somewhat paler and more
hoary than specimens from Fukien and its ears are entirely light-
colored instead of being darker behind.

Helictis taxilla Thomas. TONKIN FERRET BADGER.

Helictis taxilla Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., part 2 (1925), p. 500, July,
1925— Ngai Tio, Tonkin.

K.-R.— Phong Saly, L. 5.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 15.

REC. 1925-29.— Ngai Tio, T. 2; Xieng Kuang, L. 8.

In this large series the extent and arrangement of the white
markings about the head are fairly constant. In a few the brown
spot behind the eye is almost entirely wanting, and in others the
white on the cheeks is considerably reduced. The color of the
under parts is more variable, the extent of pale, or ochraceous,
self-colored hairs ranging from one in which the entire under parts
and the front sides of the fore and hind legs are included to others
in which the legs are wholly dark all around and in which the color
of the sides invades the under parts almost to the midventral line.
In several a prominent white spot is developed on each side of the
front of each hind leg near its junction with the body. Measure-
ments of five males as taken by the collector are as follows: total
length 464 (437-504); tail 143.4 (131-151); hind foot 59.2 (58-62).

Helictis (Melogale) personata laotum Thomas. BURMESE
FERRET BADGER.

Melogale personata laotum Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), 9, p. 194,

Feb., 1922— Nan, Siam.
? Melogale tonquinia Thomas, supra cit., p. 195 — Yen Bai, Songkoi River,

Tonkin.

K.-R. — Phouc Mon, Quangtri, A. 2.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Hue, A. 2.

DEL. 1931-32.— Thateng, L. 5.

REC. 1925-29.— Hue, A. 5; Kontoum, A. 1.

Three of these are fine adults which agree in measurements with
those given for the subspecies laotum. In the original description,
Thomas suggested this form might range into Annam.

The status of H. tonquinia, which was based on a single imma-
ture female, seems doubtful. There is considerable variation in

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 265

the size of the teeth of specimens from one region, but the teeth in the
type of tonquinia are exceeded in size by all other available specimens.
As suggested by Allen (Am. Mus. Novit., No. 358, p. 6, 1929),
the recognition of Melogale as a full genus seems inadvisable, such a
course being only a means of obscuring obviously close relationships.
The characters of the baculum adduced by Thomas probably need
further confirmation. In these specimens taken at the same time
and place, the baculum is bifid in one case and trifid in the other or
at least with a definite third protuberance.

Helictis (Melogale) personata pierrei Bonhote.

Helictis pierrei Bonhote, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), 12, p. 592, 1903— Saigon,
Cochin China.

REC. 1925-29.— Djiring, A. 1.

In recording the specimen from Djiring, Annam, under this name,
Thomas (1928, p. 146) says, "Whether pierrei is really different
from personata remains to be seen." The same is probably true as
to whether or not laotum differs from pierrei and, although material
representing laotum is now abundant, that of personata and pierrei
is still scanty.

Cuon rutilans Miiller. WILD DOG.

Canis rutilans Muller, Verhandl. Zool. Zoogd., pp. 27, 51, 1839— "Bengal."

K.-R.— Saigon, C.C. 1.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Kontoum, A. 1.

DEL. 1931-32.— Thateng, L. 1.

REC. 1925-29.— Backan, T. 1 (pelt).

Vulpes vulpes subsp. COMMON Fox.

K.-R.— "Szechwan," 1 (pelt).

This probably represents Matschie's aurantioluteus, but a series
of specimens will be necessary to determine its proper status.

Nyctereutes procyonoides Gray. RACCOON DOG.

Canis procyonoides Gray, Illus. Ind. Zool., 2, pi. 1, 1834 — southeastern China.
REC. 1925-29.— Langson, T. 2.

Helarctos malayanus Raffles. MALAY BEAR.

Ursus malayanux Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., 13, p. 254, 1822 — Sumatra.
K.-R.— Lao Fou Chai, L. 1 (skull).
DEL. 1931-32.— Thateng, L. 1 (juv.).
REC. 1925-29.— Hu§, A. 1; Quangtri, A. 1.

266 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

The skull of an exceptionally large male was obtained in Laos
by Coolidge. This has a zygomatic width of 223 mm. (8.75 inches)
and the estimated basal length is about the same. This is perhaps
the maximum size for the species since the largest skull examined
by Blanford is recorded as "8.5 inches long (basal length) and 8.3
broad."

Selenarctos thibetanus subsp. HIMALAYAN BLACK BEAR.

K.-R.— Lao Fou Chai, L. 2 (skulls).
D. & L. 1929-30.— Hu§, A. 1 (skull).

These unsexed skulls appear to be about the same size as others
recorded from northern India and they scarcely can be referred to
metti of Fukien, which is supposed to be much smaller. The upper
molar in two skulls measures 27-28 mm. in length.

Ailurus fulgens styani Thomas. SMALL PANDA.

Ailurus fulgens styani Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), 10, p. 251, 1902 —
Yang-liu-pa, northwestern Szechwan.

K.-R. — Baurong, Szechwan 1 (pelt); Tiyu, Gomba, Szechwan 1
(pelt); Wushi, Szechwan 1 (pelt).

Three hunter's skins, purchased by Stevens, are practically com-
plete but without skulls or measurements. They exhibit considerable
variation in color apparently due mainly to season. One which is
doubtless in unworn winter coat is very rich and dark, the entire
median upper parts and the lighter annulations of the tail Mahogany
Red to Chestnut. The dark annulations of the tail and a broad
tip are black. In another, more worn, the head and shoulders are
still Chestnut but the darker annulations of the tail and the remaining
upper parts are Cinnamon Rufous to Hazel. The lighter annula-
tions of the tail are Ochraceous Buff and the narrow tip brownish.
A third, still more worn, has the lighter rings of the tail Light Buff,
almost whitish.

Ailuropoda melanoleuca David. GIANT PANDA.

Ursus melanoleucus David, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, 5, Bull.,

p. 13, 1869 — Mouping, Szechwan.
Ailuropoda melanoleuca Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., Paris, (5), Zool.,

13, art. 10, 1870.
Ailuropus melanoleucus Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris,

7, Bull., p. 92, 1871; Rech. Mamm., pp. 321-328, pis. 50-60, 1873.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 267

K.-R. — Yachow district, Szechwan 1 (skin and skull); Yehli
district, Szechwan 6 (1 skin and skeleton, 5 pelts).

As variously announced elsewhere, the crowning exploit of the
Kelley-Roosevelts Expedition was the trailing and shooting of a
giant panda by the brothers Theodore and Kermit Roosevelt.
This took place April 13, 1929, in the Yehli district of southwestern
Szechwan. The skin of the animal and the complete skeleton were
carefully preserved and reached Field Museum in excellent condition.
Besides the skin of the one shot by themselves, the Roosevelts were
able by purchase or barter to obtain from native sources several
additional skins, mostly bereft of feet and claws and otherwise
somewhat imperfect but of much value for comparative purposes.
One of these served as a companion piece with the perfect one in
making a habitat group which has been installed in William V.
Kelley Hall of Field Museum. Since the return of the Roosevelts
a further complete skin with skull and leg bones has been received
by Field Museum. This was obtained at the instance of the Roose-
velts by L. R. Crook of Yachow, Szechwan.

The following notes on the habits and distribution of the animal
have been published by the Roosevelts.1 "The natives know him
as the beishung or white bear. To the best of our judgment he has
a fairly wide area of distribution but is to be found only in pockets,
and is never abundant even in these pockets. He lives in bamboo
jungles in altitudes varying between six and fourteen thousand feet.
We came to the conclusion that where there were no bamboo jungles,
there were no beishung. . . . Where he actually exists, his droppings
are frequent and easy to find, and even easier to identify. They
are egg-shaped, from five to seven inches in length (for the adult)
and composed of partially digested bamboo shoots. The Muping
and Yehli districts were the only places where, after diligent and
unceasing inquiry throughout the trip, we could be convinced of the
presence of the giant panda. . . .

"The beishung does not hibernate. We found fresh signs in
regions where the brown and black bears were hibernating, and the
one we shot was living in a locality where the black bears had not
yet awaked from their winter's nap. We came upon his tracks one
morning in the newly fallen snow. They were partly obliterated,
for four or five hours had passed since he went by. Three hours'
trailing through dense jungle brought us to the spot which he had

1 Theodore and Kermit Roosevelt, Trailing the Giant Panda, Charles Scribner's
Sons, New York, 1929.

268 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

selected for his siesta. We caught sight of him emerging from the
hollow bole of a giant fir tree, and fired simultaneously."

The complete skeleton of Ailuropoda included in this collection
is especially deserving of a thorough study which doubtless will
throw further light on the relationships of the animal. Superficial
observations, therefore, are deferred until such a study can be made.

Petaurista lylei badiatus Thomas. BAY FLYING SQUIRREL.

Petaurista lylei badiatus Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 501, 1925 — Ngai
Tio, Tonkin.

K.-R.— Muong Bourn, T. 1; Muong Moun, T. 2; Tuan Gao, T. 2.
D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 5.
DEL. 1931-32.— Phukong Ntoul, L. 1.

EEC. 1925-29.— Dalat, A. 1; Ngai Tio, T. 3; Phuqui, A. 1; Xieng
Kuang, L. 1.

Two magnificent specimens have the following measurements,
taken by the collector: total length 1,125, 1,025; tail 635, 580; hind
foot 94, 90.5. The largest skull has the occipito-nasal length 80.2.

No comparison has been made with typical lylei from neighboring
localities in northern Siam.

Petaurista annamensis Thomas. ANNAM FLYING SQUIRREL.

Petaurista annamensis Thomas, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., 23, p. 204,
1914 — Bali, near Nhatrang, Annam.

REC. 1925-29.— Kontoum, A. 1; Tay Ninh, C.C. 3.

This is regarded by Thomas as a distinct species occurring in
the same region with badiatus, but the characters assigned to it seem
very slight and likely to be subject to variation.

Petaurista marica Thomas. SPOTTED FLYING SQUIRREL.

Petaurista marica Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), 9, p. 687, 1912 — near
Mongtze, Yunnan.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 1.
REC. 1925-29.— Xieng Kuang, L. 1.

Pteromys (Hylopetes) alboniger Hodgson. BLACK AND WHITE
FLYING SQUIRREL.

Sciuropterus alboniger Hodgson, Jour. As. Soc. Beng., 5, p. 231, 1836 — Nepal.
K.-R.— Muong Moun, T. 1.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 269

REC. 1925-29.— Dakto, A. 4; Djiring, A. 1; Hu§, A. 1; Kontoum,
A. 2.

DEL. 1931-32.— Pakse, L. 1.

The specimen from Tonkin agrees closely with examples from
Hodgson's original series. It is a small female and somewhat smaller
than others from Annam previously recorded by Thomas.

Pteromys (Hylopetes) spadiceus Blyth. BROWNISH FLYING
SQUIRREL.

Sciuroptents spadiceus Blyth, Jour. As. Soc. Beng., 16, p. 867, pi. 36, fig. 1,
1847 — Arakan, India.

REC. 1925-29.— Kontoum, A. 1.

DEL. 1931-32.— Paleng, L. 1; Thateng, L. 2.

Belomys pearsoni blandus subsp. nov.

Type from Muong Moun, south of Lai Chau, Tonkin. No. 32,312
Field Museum of Natural History. Adult male. Collected March 16,
1929, by J. Van Tyne. Orig. No. 32.

Diagnosis. — Similar to B. pearsoni of Sikkim, but smaller, with
decidedly smaller teeth and shorter, broader nasals. Similar to B.
trichotis but with rufescent instead of white under parts.

Color. — Practically as in B. pearsoni, rich ochraceous shades
prevailing throughout.

Skull. — Markedly smaller than in pearsoni, slightly smaller than
in trichotis; nasals broad, scarcely diminishing in width posteriorly;
teeth relatively small.

Measurements. — Type, measured in flesh by collector: total
length 373; tail 180; hind foot 38. Skull: greatest length 41.5;
basilar length 34.5; zygomatic breadth 24.7; mastoid breadth 21.5;
length of nasals 11.5; breadth of nasals behind 4.5; upper toothrow
8.9 (10.1 in pearsoni}.

Remarks. — This is doubtless only a slight western form of B.
pearsoni. A specimen from Bao Ha, Tonkin, in the British Museum
is without skull or measurements and was recorded by Thomas
(1925, p. 501) with no specific designation. Comparison has been
made with two specimens in the British Museum from Sikkim and
Assam, representing pearsoni, and two from Chindwin, Burma,
representing trichotis. The new form seems to agree with pearsoni
in color, while in size and cranial characters it is nearer to trichotis.

270 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

B. kaleensis of Formosa is closely similar in color, but in this also
the teeth are large.

Specimens examined. — Chapa, T. 1 (D. & L. 1929-30); Muong
Moun, T. 1 (K.-R.).

Ratufa bicolor smith! Robinson and Kloss. SMITH'S GIANT
SQUIRREL.

Ratufa bicolor smithi Robinson and Kloss, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), 9, p. 89,
1922 — Langbian Peaks, Annam.

REC. 1925-29.— Djiring, A. 3; Tay Ninh, C.C. 2.

Ratufa melanopepla leucogenys Kloss. WHITE-CHEEKED GIANT
SQUIRREL.

Ratufa melanopepla leucogenys Kloss, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 43, 1916 —
Lem Ngop, southeastern Siam.

REC. 1925-29.— Sambor, C. 1.
Ratufa gigantea McClelland. GIANT SQUIRREL.

Sciurus giganteus McClelland, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 150, 1839 — Assam,
India.

K.-R.— Near Lao Fou Chai, L. 1; Muong Yo, L. 2; Phong Saly,
L. 1.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Boloven, L. 1; Chapa, T. 2; Hoi Xuan, A. 1.

DEL. 1931-32.— Banphone, L. 2; Bantion, L. 1; Thateng, L. 3.

REC. 1925-29.— Nape", L. 4; Phuqui, A. 8; Tarn Dao, T. 5; Xieng
Kuang, L. 1.

As compared with a series from Sikkim, Indo-Chinese specimens
show no pronounced difference in color, but their skulls are charac-
terized by various minor peculiarities including darker-colored
incisors, narrower nasals, and larger, higher, audital bullae. Since
no material from Assam or Hainan is at hand, the determination
of the subspecific status of these specimens has not been attempted.

Callosciurus erythraeus hendeei subsp. nov. HENDEE'S TONKIN
SQUIRREL.

Type from Chapa, Tonkin. No. 32,290 Field Museum of Natural
History. Adult male. Collected Feb. 14, 1929, by Russell W.
Hendee. Orig. No. 5,168.

Diagnosis. — Similar to C. e. castaneoventris of Hainan, but larger
and darker, the feet more blackish, the ears more ochraceous, and

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 271

the fore legs and facial region paler grayish. Similar to C. e. nagarum
of Assam but coloration throughout slightly darker and more intense,
the feet with intense black toes instead of merely sooty, the outer
sides of the ears more definitely ochraceous, and the back less uniform.
Similar to C. e. gordoni but less brownish in color throughout and
usually without a midventral stripe.

Color. — Upper parts finely grizzled throughout usually producing
a general olivaceous effect; middle of back varying from a color
practically like that of the sides to a concentration of brownish or
blackish which in extreme cases takes the form of a definite dark
median line from the shoulders to the rump; outer sides of fore and
hind legs slightly more grayish than body; sides of face and chin
rather more grayish than surrounding parts; under parts clear
deep ferruginous (Mahogany Red of Ridgway), rarely with traces
of a grizzled median stripe on chest; feet and hands proximally
blackish with a fine speckling of gray, distally intense clear black
including all of toes; ears grizzled within, pale buffy ochraceous
without or even whitish in rather sharp contrast to surrounding
pelage; tail with the hairs having three to four broad bands of black
alternating with pale whitish to ochraceous light bands, the terminal
band being light and in fresh condition dominating the color of the
entire tail. The subterminal band on the tail hairs is much broader
than the others and gradually widens toward the tip where it finally
extends to the roots of the hairs and may, when the terminal light
band is worn away, produce a long wholly black brush at the end
of the tail.

Skull. — Smaller throughout than in castaneoventris and ningpoensis.

Measurements. — Type: total length 437; tail 213; hind foot 55.
Skull of type: greatest length 55; condylo-basal length 51; zygomatic
width 32.6; interorbital width 28.8; upper toothrow 10.2.

Remarks. — A study of the entire group to which it belongs has
been necessary before coming to the conclusion that this squirrel
from Tonkin and Laos should be named. In 1925, when Thomas
first reported on mammals from Tonkin, he referred specimens
from Thai Nien and Bao Ha to castaneoventris, a species described
by Gray from a specimen collected by Reeves in China and having
no exact locality. Robinson and Kloss (Rec. Ind. Mus., 15, p. 199,
1918) had previously expressed the opinion that Gray's type could
not be distinguished from the squirrel of the island of Hainan named
insularis by Allen (Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., 22, p. 473, 1906).

272 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

Therefore, they proposed that Hainan be accepted as the type locality
of castaneoventris and that insularis fall as a synonym. Thomas,
finding his Tonkin specimens very similar to others from Hainan,
agreed with Robinson and Kloss as to the disposition of insularis,
but not as to the type locality of castaneoventris which he thought
more likely to be the "mainland of southwestern China, more or
less in the region of Canton." A reexamination of the subject with
large series from both Tonkin and Hainan leads me to agree, at least
for the present, with Robinson and Kloss rather than with Thomas,
whose material from Hainan in the British Museum was very scanty
and inconclusive.

Gray's type of castaneoventris is an old specimen considerably
shrunken, but apparently not much altered in color. It cannot be
distinguished in any way from Hainan specimens, whereas it differs
from the Tonkin form in the various characters enumerated above,
including size, color of feet, ears, facial region, etc. The whitish-
tipped tail appears to be of less importance for distinguishing the
Hainan form than these other characters, for both whitish and
ochraceous tails are found on the mainland. The type does agree
with the Tonkin form in the color of the under parts, however, and
in this respect it differs from specimens from the mainland of China
in the Fukien region which are somewhat more richly colored than
those called ningpoensis from farther north. No specimens have
been examined from the region between Fukien and Tonkin, and it
is quite possible or even probable that when these are obtained they
will prove to have still darker under parts and furnish a better basis
for the supposition of Thomas that the type came from the region
of Canton. Until then it seems necessary to assume Hainan as the
type locality and in any case the distinction of a separate form in
Tonkin is justified.

Having distinguished the Tonkin squirrels from castaneoventris,
it becomes necessary to consider their affinities with forms to the
north and west, the chief of these being nagarum and gordoni. From
gordoni they differ in more grayish coloration, in their light-colored
contrasting ears, and in the absence of a well-defined midventral
stripe. In a series of more than a hundred from Tonkin, Annam
and Laos, only three show traces of a midventral stripe. These are
specimens in the British Museum from Backan, Chora, and Tarn
Dao, eastern Tonkin, and they also show the most definite blackish
dorsal stripes in the series. Slight tendency to concentration of
blackish or brownish in the middorsal region appears occasionally

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 273

in specimens throughout Tonkin, a character which is doubtless
variable but which has not been observed in any other subspecies
of the erythraeus series unless atrodorsalis and its forms be included.
In fact, these dark-backed specimens with a slight midventral line,
although very much darker, are quite suggestive of C. atrodorsalis
of northern Siam and the possibility that atrodorsalis and erythraeus
may inosculate is probably still to be considered.

In one of his later papers on Indo-Chinese mammals, Thomas
(1929, p. 836) refers a large series of squirrels from Phuqui, Annam,
to subspecies nagarum, evidently being especially influenced by the
black-tipped tails which are shown throughout the series. A study
of these and others, however, seems to indicate that the black at
the end of the tail may be exposed by the wearing away of the light
tips to the hairs to such an extent that the terminal third of the tail
becomes wholly black. There is variation both individual and local
which may partially account for some cases, but it is certain that
wear is largely responsible for it. In spite of the large number of
specimens of the erythraeus series that are in collections, very few
are available to give any range of pelage changes due to season.
Nearly all collectors have worked in the dry or winter season, from
December to March, and, although pelage changes may be inferred,
they cannot be followed in detail. Specimens in Field Museum
from northern Laos and Tonkin include some with unworn tails,
having fresh light tips to the hairs and others in which the terminal
part of the tail is black and evidently not in fresh condition. Also,
in a large series of gordoni in the British Museum, all from one
locality, both conditions may be seen.

The distinction of hendeei and nagarum consists mainly in the
general more saturate color of the former. This extends to all parts
and wherever special comparison is made is found to hold true.
The under parts in hendeei are the Mahogany Red of Ridgway
while those of nagarum are several shades lighter, Sanford's Brown
or, at most, not stronger than Burnt Sienna. The upper parts also
average paler in nagarum and the ears, although having light pro-
ectotes, are not so sharply marked and contrasted as in hendeei. In
nagarum, the feet are grizzled to the claws, whereas in hendeei the
toes and often the sides of the feet are intense pure black.

The Sciurus erythraeus pranis of Kloss, from southwestern Siam,
which was later considered by its describer as allied to atrodorsalis,
has not been seen, but the description indicates a much paler animal
with a gray pectoral line.

274 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

Specimens examined. — Total number 110, from the following
localities: Annam: Hoi Xuan 2;2 Lung Lunh 3;2 Phuqui 3,2 24 ;3
Than Hoa I.2 Laos: Lao Fou Chai I;1 Muong Yo 2;1 Phong Saly 5;1
Xieng Kuang I.3 Tonkin: Backan S,-3 Bao Ha 7;3 Chapa 2,1 21 ;2
Chora 1 ;3 Isla de Table 1 ;2 Langson 1 ;3 Lieng San 1 ;l Muong Bourn 1 ;!
Muong Mo 5;1 Nganson 3;3 Pakha 3;2 Tarn Dao 7;3 Thai Nien 4;3
Ye Yen Sun I.1

Gallosciurus erythraeus gordoni Anderson. GORDON'S SQUIRREL.

Sciurus gordoni Anderson, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 140, 1871 — Bhamo,
Upper Burma.

K.-R. — Thirty-seven miles north of Bhamo 1.

This specimen, practically a topotype, agrees with a large series
in the British Museum from "Salween Divide."

Callosciurus erythraeus michianus Robinson and Wroughton.

YUNNAN SQUIRREL.

Sciurus castaneiventris michianus Robinson and Wroughton, Jour. Fed. Malay
States Mus., 4, p. 234, 1911— Mee Ghee, Yunnan.

K.-R. — Likiang, Yunnan 1 ; Nui Kai (thirty miles north of Talifu)
1; Shangkuan (ten miles north of Talifu) 3.

In two of these, the gray midventral stripe is fully developed,
in one it is slightly interrupted posteriorly, in another confined to
the chest, and in still another it is wholly absent. There is also
variation in the shade of ferruginous of the under parts. Other
specimens examined from the Likiang region show similar variation
and, although they are easily distinguishable from gordoni on the
one hand and gloveri on the other, they seem to represent an inter-
mediate stage between the two.

Callosciurus erythraeus gloveri Thomas. GLOVER ALLEN'S
SQUIRREL.

Callosciurus erythraeus gloveri Thomas, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., 27,
p. 502, 1921 — Nagchuka, western Szechwan.

K.-R. — Baurong, Szechwan 4; Muli, Szechwan 5; Yungning,
Yunnan 2.

This form seems nearest to michianus, with which it agrees in
general pale color, but differs in the absence of the midventral stripe.

1 Kelley-Roosevelts Expedition.
1 Delacour and Lowe, 1929-30.
'Records, 1925-29.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS— OSGOOD 275

In the more southern specimens the ears are noticeably ochraceous
and contrasted, but in those from Baurong, taken in May, the ears
are gray with only faint traces of ochraceous. This may be partly
seasonal or it may represent the extreme of a development from the
southern forms northward.

Callosciurus erythraeus bonhotei Robinson and Wroughton.
BONHOTE'S SQUIRREL.

Sciurus castaneoventris bonhotei Robinson and Wroughton, Jour. Fed. Malay
States Mus., 4, p. 234, 1911— Chin Chien San, Szechwan.

K.-R. — Omei-Shan, Szechwan 1.

This is a large, dark-colored squirrel quite unlike gloveri and
michianus of western Szechwan and probably more nearly related
to forms of southern and eastern China. Besides the type, there
are in the British Museum two other examples from Chen Yen
Say and Yuen Ching Hsien, both collected by M. P. Anderson.

Callosciurus flavimanus Geoffrey.

Sciurus flavimanus Geoffroy, Mag. Zool., Classe I, Mamm., p. 1, 1832 —
Tourane, Annam.

REC. 1925-29.— Col des Nuages, A. 22; Hue, A. 1; Thua Lua, A. 2.

Callosciurus flavimanus quantulus Thomas.

Sciurus flavimanus quantulus Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 51, 1927 —
Xieng Kuang, Laos.

K.-R. — Phouc Mon, Quangtri, A. 7.

REC. 1925-29.— Ceia Tung, Quangtri, A. 3; Xieng Kuang, L. 7.

These agree closely with specimens from Col des Nuages regarded
as typical flavimanus by Thomas (1927, p. 51). In most of them,
however, the terminal inch of the tail is either wholly black or black
with a few light-tipped hairs, although one has scarcely more black
at the tip of the tail than laterally. In three there is evidence of a
light hip-patch, in the others none. Two have the tails annulated
with black and dull whitish, while the others are much more ochra-
ceous. In some the "maroon" of the under parts extends to the chin
and in others it does not. These are among the characters used by
Thomas to distinguish no less than five races of this squirrel within
a district scarcely more than three hundred miles in linear extent.
It is, nevertheless, entirely possible that these all may be locally
distinct, since notable cases of such differentiation among squirrels

276 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

are known elsewhere. On the other hand, seasonal variation in
squirrels is considerable and dimorphism frequent. The supposed
races are quantulus (Xieng Kuang, Laos), pirata (Nape", Laos),
dactylinus (Dakto, Annam), and contumax (Kontoum, Annam).
Typical flavimanus is represented by a large series from Col des
Nuages, the others by a half dozen specimens, each series from a
single locality. Our specimens apparently stand somewhat between
quantulus and pirata and similar ones have been referred by Thomas
to quantulus.

Callosciurus flavimanus bolovensis subsp. nov.

Type from Paksong, Boloven Plateau, Laos. No. 37,874 Field
Museum of Natural History. Adult female. Collected January 24,
1932, by J. Delacour. Orig. No. 211.

Diagnosis. — Similar to C. flavimanus, but distal part (one-fourth
to three-fourths) of tail self-colored ferruginous or cinnamon rufous
without annulations; base of tail with hairs light at base and with
only two or, at most, three, dark annulations; sides of face and top
of head largely ochraceous tawny and entire pelage more extensively
rufescent than in flavimanus and related subspecies; hands and feet
nearly as richly colored as the under parts and in some contrast to
the front sides of the arms which are paler; lower legs in some cases
suffused with tawny on outer sides; under parts practically as in
flavimanus; a slight hip-patch in some specimens.

Measurements. — Type: total length 452; tail 208; hind foot 55.

Remarks. — This form is represented by twenty-four specimens in
which there is some variation but in which the important characters
are well maintained. Although it is probable that too many names
already have been applied to the flavimanus group, there seems no
possible disposition of these specimens except as representatives of
an undescribed form. They differ from all the previously named
ones more than any of them do from each other and their remarkable
tails, largely self-colored, even suggest those of the ferrugineus group.
The condition of the tails in most cases is slightly worn, indicating
a pelage of long standing, and it is not unlikely that such a pelage
might be succeeded by one in which at least a few annulations would
be carried to the tip. Nothing closely resembling them, however,
has been seen in the other forms.

Specimens examined. — Bantion, L. 1; Pakhout, L. 1; Paksong,
L. 2; Thateng, L. 20.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 277

Callosciurus flavimanus dactylinus Thomas.

Callosciurus flavimanus dactylinus Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 52,
1927— Dakto, Annam.

REC. 1925-29.— Dakto, A. 5.

Callosciurus flavimanus contumax Thomas.

Callosciurus flavimanus contumax Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 52,
1927 — Kontoum, Annam.

REC. 1925-29.— Kontoum, A. 5.

Callosciurus flavimanus pirata Thomas.

Callosciurus flavimanus pirata Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 836, 1929 —
Nape, Laos.

REC. 1925-29.— Hu§, A. 1; Nape", L. 11.

Callosciurus imitator Thomas.

Callosciurus imitator Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 502, 1905 — Thai
Nien, Tonkin.

K.-R. — Lieng San, T. 6; Muong Bourn, T. 11; Muong Moun,
T. 4; Muong Yo, L. 16; Nam Neu, south of Lai Chau, T. 1; Nong
Lum, T. 1; Phong Saly, L. 3; Vientiane, L. 1.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 17; Hoi Xuan, A. 2; Pakha, T. 3.

WULSIN 1924.— Lai Chau, T. 3; Muong Khoua, L. 1.

REC. 1925-29.— Muong Sen, A. 2; Nape*, L. 2; Phuqui, A. 15;
Thai Nien, T. 2; Xieng Kuang, L. 1.

This plain-colored squirrel evidently is very common throughout
northern Laos and western Tonkin, since it was taken in much larger
numbers than any other species. There is but little variation in
color shown and no distinctions can be made between northern and
southern specimens. The single example from Vientiane, taken
July 3, indicates that the color of the under parts may be considerably
lighter at that season than in winter.

Callosciurus griseimanus Milne-Edwards. GRAY-HANDED SQUIR-
REL.

Sciurus griseimanus Milne-Edwards, Rev. Mag. Zool., (2), 19, p. 195, June,

1867 — Saigon, Cochin China.
Macroxus kucopus Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), 20, p. 282, Oct., 1867 —

Cambodia.
Sciurus leucopus fumigatus Bonhote, Abstr. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 2,

Jan. 22, 1907— Ninh Hoa, Annam.

278 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

Sciurus vassali Bonhote, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 9, 1907 — substitute for

fumigatus, preoccupied.
Cdttoseiurus leucopus Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 147, 1928.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Ninh Hoa, A. 3; Phanrang, A. 3.
REC. 1925-29.— An Binh, C.C. 4; Djiring, A. 21; Tay Ninh,
C.C. 9.

Although Bonhote regarded griseimanus and leucopus as distinct
species and recognized two races of leucopus, present evidence seems
to indicate that no more than one variable form is concerned.
Thomas (I.e.) has noted great variability in an extensive series from
Djiring, Annam, on the basis of which he discredits vassali, but he
does not mention griseimanus. In the Delacour and Lowe collec-
tion of 1930 are six specimens obtained by Jabouille, three from
Ninh Hoa and three from Phanrang, both localities in the same
general region as Djiring. Those from Ninh Hoa, which is the type
locality of vassali, show all the characters of griseimanus, while those
from Phanrang, taken at another season, represent the other extreme
of coloration supposed to characterize leucopus. The Ninh Hoa
specimens, taken in September, are darker and have the under parts
rich ferruginous in great contrast to the upper parts. Those from
Phanrang, taken in July, are generally paler and the under parts
are merely pale buffy blending on the sides with the upper parts.
Although these differences are very pronounced, it seems highly
probable that they are due mainly to a seasonal change and the
variation between the extremes which has been recorded previously
may be accountable as stages from one to the other.

The names griseimanus and leucopus were published in the same
year, the former apparently having priority of a few months.

Callosciurus ferrugineus Williamson! Robinson and Kloss.
WILLIAMSON'S SQUIRREL.

Callosciurus ferrugineus william&oni Robinson and Kloss, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., (9), 9, p. 90, Jan., 1922— Khet Don Heing, PaklaHoop, north bank
Mekong River, Laos.

K.-R.— Vientiane, L. 7.
DEL. 1931-32.— Pakse, L. 5.

The small series of this handsome squirrel from Vientiane is
quite uniform in coloration and, since the locality is not very far
from that of the original series, is quite typical in all respects.
Direct comparison with the type, now in the British Museum, finds
agreement as to color, although the type was taken in January and

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 279

the Vientiane specimens in July. The type merely has somewhat
heavier pelage.

This squirrel furnishes an instance of the rather unusual coloration
(at least in certain pelages) in which the under parts are darker and
more deeply colored than the upper parts. Its nearest ally is doubt-
less the Siamese menamicus from which it differs in generally brighter
color above and in the sharp demarcation of upper and lower parts.

The specimens from Pakse in general are more deeply colored
than those from farther north and the tails are no lighter at the
tips than elsewhere. It is probable, however, that such differences
are due largely or wholly to season. Apparently the form has quite
an extensive north and south range along the east bank of the
Mekong. The occurrence of annellatus on the west side of the river
and wittiamsoni on the east side practically opposite indicates that
there is no connection between them at this point.

Callosciurus ferrugineus splendens Gray.

Sciurus splendens Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 137, 1861 — S. Cambodia
(Thomas, 1929).

REC. 1925-29.— Bokor, C. 10; Kampot, C. 1.

Callosciurus ferrugineus cinnamomeus Temminck.

Sciurus cinnamomeus Temminck, Esq. Zool. Guin., p. 250, 1853— Siem Reap,
Cambodia (Thomas, 1929).

REC. 1925-29.— Siem Reap, C. 6.

Callosciurus ferrugineus annellatus Thomas.

Callosciurus ferrugineus annellatus Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 839,
1929 — Angkor, Cambodia.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Cambodia 2.

DEL. 1931-32.— Bassac, L. (west bank of Mekong) 2.

Two specimens of this oddly marked squirrel are among those
obtained by the botanist H. Poilane, for Delacour and Lowe in
1930. Their exact locality is queried, but some evidence seems to
indicate that they came from Kratie, Cambodia. The body color,
which Thomas gives merely as "deep rich rufous" is very close to
the Claret Brown of Ridgway, and the tail is Maroon, with concealed
apical black.

The two fine examples from Bassac have the sides of the head,
chin, arms, and the fore and hind feet much darkened, almost

280 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

blackish. It is possible that they should be distinguished nomencla-
turally, but it is perhaps more probable that they are merely gradients
between anneUatus and one of the numerous named forms of the
variable group to which they belong.

Callosciurus finlaysoni subsp.

An imperfect skin without skull from Kratie, Cambodia, is in
the Delacour and Lowe collection. Another from "Na Kai," Indo-
China, is in the material collected by F. R. Wulsin for the United
States National Museum. This is blackish on the back and the
base of the tail, but in the absence of comparative material no
attempt at exact determination has been made.

Callosciurus sp.

A squirrel from Luang Prabang, Laos, obtained by F. R. Wulsin,
may represent an undescribed form allied to caniceps and pygerythrus,
but material is insufficient to ascertain its proper position, especially
in view of the great seasonal changes and the high variability known
to characterize the group to which it belongs. The single specimen
has the under parts and the tail almost the same bright shade as the
back, the intervening sides being gray.

Menetes berdmorei mouhoti Gray. BERDMORE'S STRIPED
SQUIRREL.

Sciurus mouhotii Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 137, 1867 — Cambodia.
Menetes berdmorei moerescens Thomas, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., 23, p. 24,
1914 — Bali, near Nhatrang, Annam.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Hon Quan, C.C. 1; Lao Bao, A. 1; Ninh Hoa,
Nhatrang, A. 1.

REC. 1925-29.— An Binh, C.C. 1; Angkor, C. 1; Dakto, A. 3;
Kontoum, A. 7; Tay Ninh, C.C. 2.

The medium-sized striped squirrels represented by the generic
name Menetes have a rather limited range from southeastern Burma
through Tenasserim and Siam to southern Annam. Within this
region Thomas has attempted to distinguish no less than five forms
(berdmorei, consularis, decoratus, moerescens, and mouhoti). To these
Gyldenstolpe has added a sixth (koratensis) and Kloss, perhaps
more justifiably, has given names to forms from islands lying near
the coast of Siam (umbrosus and rufescens).

A somewhat cursory review of the types and other specimens of
Menetes in the British Museum brings the conviction that perhaps

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 281

no more than half the names for mainland forms will ultimately
be recognized. Variation due to season is very great, as in Tamiops
and various other squirrels and, many localities being represented
only by single badly prepared specimens, conclusions in which fine
distinctions take part seem very uncertain.

The specimen in hand from Ninh Hoa is practically a topotype
of moerescens, but its skull is smaller than that of the type and
seems to indicate that moerescens at least should be a synonym of
mouhoti whether or not this last be separated from berdmorei.

It is probable that the last word has not yet been said as to the
generic position of these squirrels. Their relation to East Indian
species may need investigation and there is also interest in the possi-
bility that they may be allied to Sciurotamias through the monotypic
Rupestes which both externally and cranially presents a combination
of the characters of Menetes and Sciurotamias.

Sciurotamias davidanus Milne-Edwards. PERE DAVID'S SQUIRREL.

Sciurus davidanus Milne-Edwards, Rev. Mag. ZooL, (2), 19, p. 196, 1867 —
mountains near Peking, China.

K.-R. — Ko-chia-ho-pa, Szechwan 1; Trashi-cho-tin, Szechwan 1.

These localities are northeast of Tatsienlu and but a short distance
almost directly west of Mouping. The specimens seem quite typical
of davidanus which has been found mainly farther east and northeast.
Just how they are connected to the eastward is not clear but perhaps
it is through the province of Hupeh since darker forms occupy the
region immediately northward.

Sciurotamias davidanus consobrinus Milne-Edwards.

Sciurus consobrinus Milne-Edwards, Rech. Mamm., pp. 304-305, 1868-74 —
Mouping, Szechwan.

K.-R. — Tupakeo, Szechwan 1.

A specimen from the region immediately northwest of Mouping
may be regarded as practically topotypical of consobrinus. It is
considerably darker and more richly colored than any of a series
of owstoni from Shensi. Its feet are blackish and, so far as can be
judged by the description, it is practically identical with S. d. thayeri
G. M. Allen from Washan, Szechwan.

Dremomys pernyi griselda Thomas. LONG-SNOUTED SQUIRREL.

Dremomys pernyi griselda Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), 17, p. 392,
1916 — Nagchuka, Szechwan.

282 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

Dremomys pernyi lichiensis Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), 10, p. 403,
1922 — Likiang Range, Yunnan.

K.-R— Szechwan: Baurong, Tailing River, lat. 29° N. 1; Chi-il,
about lat. 29° 20' N. 1; Mi Lola, between Yungning and Muli,
about lat. 28° 10' N. 5; Tiyu (Gomba), southwest of Baurong 1;
25 miles north of Tatsienlu 1; Wushi, northeast of Baurong 4;
Yulongkong, near Tatsienlu 1. Yunnan: Likiang 3; Manyuh Camp,
about 50 miles north of Likiang 1; Nguluko, about 20 miles north
of Likiang 1; Yungning, near Szechwan boundary 4; watershed
south of Yungning 1.

Squirrels of the genus Dremomys collected by Herbert Stevens
cover a range of dates from February to August, and various localities
from Likiang in Yunnan to the region of Tatsienlu in Szechwan.
These are supplemented in Field Museum by specimens from the
Likiang region received from the Third Asiatic Expedition and by
two important topotypes of lichiensis from the original series, received
through exchange with the British Museum.

Examination of this material finds little justification for the
recognition of lichiensis as distinct from griselda. The variation in
color is slight and not correlated with geography. The species lives
at very high altitudes where conditions may be assumed to be rela-
tively uniform and it is plain that the larger rivers have not been
barriers to its distribution. Probably there is not an elevated area
in all of southwestern China in which it could not be found. If
typical pernyi be recognized from southwestern Yunnan, as defined
by Thomas, and flavior from southeastern Yunnan, there is scarcely
room for lichiensis. Even if the slight characters mentioned for it
could be substantiated, they would best be explained as simple
evidence of gradation between griselda and the more southern forms.

Dremomys rufigenis ornatus Thomas.

Dremomys rufigenis ornatus Thomas, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., 23, p. 26,
1914 — Mongtze, Yunnan, China.

K.-R.— Lieng San, T. 1; Muong Mo, T. 3; Muong Moun, T. 1;
Muong Yo, L. 3; Phong Saly, L. 1.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 19; Pakha, T. 1.

REC. 1925-29.— Backan, T. 3; Bao Ha, T. 1; Ngai Tio, T. 1;
Tarn Dao, T. 8.

In this series there are two types of coloration, one in which the
under parts are mainly whitish and another in which they are wholly
pale ochraceous, the only white being on the inside of the arms. Both

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 283

types may occur at one locality. Although ochraceous under parts
have not been noticed heretofore in the rufigenis series, there is
little doubt that these specimens should be referred to ornatus. In
fact, the distinction of ornatus from typical rufigenis may be
strengthened by this tendency to ochraceous under parts which is
more than likely to be found in southern Yunnan as well as in Tonkin
and Laos. The type of ornatus can be matched easily among Tonkin
specimens so far as color is concerned. It has the chin, throat, and
even the breast pale ochraceous, the belly and the inside of the legs
whitish. The upper parts are uniformly colored without any obvious
increase in rufescent about the rump and thighs. The usual light
hip-patch is present. The ear-patches are whitish at the base with
ochraceous tips to the hairs. This is the general style which prevails
throughout northern Laos and Tonkin, whereas from more southern
localities there is more contrast between the color of the body and
that of the hind legs. Some of this is doubtless due to season, but
it is probable that a southern race (fuscus} can be recognized. Speci-
mens taken in November are more olivaceous and uniform in color
than those taken in March and what they might be in July and
August is not known.

The skulls of the Tonkin specimens are in general smaller than
the skull of the type of ornatus, but a competent study of skulls
is not possible with present material.

Dremomys rufigenis f uscus Bonhote.

Funambulus rufigenis fuscus Bonhote, Abstr. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 2,
Jan., 1907 — Bali, Annam.

REC. 1925-29.— Col des Nuages, A. 11; Dakto, A. 1; Dalat,
A. 1; Djiring, A. 1; Kontoum, A. 1; Nape", L. 3; Thua Lua, A. 1;
Xieng Kuang, L. 13.

DEL. 1931-32.— Thateng (1,000 feet above), L. 1.

In his several papers on Indo-Chinese mammals, Thomas has
been chary about the reference of individual specimens of Dremomys
to definite subspecies. It is clearly a difficult group and it is probable
that the number of names now extant is more than sufficient. Al-
though Thomas has continued to do so, there seems little reason
for withholding the name fuscus from the form of southern and
central Annam. Specimens from Col des Nuages are, for the most
part, essentially the same as the type series of fuscus. At best these
could be no more than intermediates between fuscus and the supposed
form called laomache (Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), 7, p. 182,

284 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

1921) from the vicinity of Pak Hin Bun, Laos. That laomache is
itself only a slight gradient between fuscus and ornatus also is
extremely probable. Specimens from Kontoum, Annam, are closely
similar to the type of laomache and others from Xieng Kuang are
but slightly different, while from Nape", Laos, but a short distance
away, are specimens agreeing with fuscus from southern Annam.
The single specimen from the Boloven Plateau perhaps should
represent laomache on geographic grounds, but it shows no distin-
guishing characters.

Dremomys pyrrhomerus gularis sp. nov.

Type from Mount Fan Si Pan, near Chapa, Tonkin. Altitude
8,000-10,000 feet. No. 32.4.19.5. British Museum. Adult male.
Collected Dec. 3, 1929, by J. Delacour and W. Lowe. Orig. No. 1,551.

Diagnosis. — Similar to D. pyrrhomerus and D. rufigenis but chin
and throat and inner sides of hind legs rich Ochraceous Tawny in
abrupt contrast to other under parts; flank patch obsolescent and
reduced to a narrow line scarcely more evident than in rufigenis;
cheeks, nose and forehead less tawny than in rufigenis, nearly or
quite as in pyrrhomerus.

Color. — Upper parts (November and December specimens)
grizzled brownish to olivaceous (Prouts Brown to Olive Brown),
about as in rufigenis, more saturate than in pyrrhomerus; a short
blackish line usually evident on middle of back; top of head, nose
and sides of face from slightly below eyes like back; lower cheeks
and base of whiskers ochraceous tawny continuous with chin and
throat; light patches behind ears whitish basally, Ochraceous Buff
to Cinnamon apically; flank-patch scarcely evident except as a
slight extension of the color of the inner sides of the hind legs;
hands and feet grizzled blackish usually with a tinge of ochraceous;
tail slightly paler or practically as in rufigenis and pyrrhomerus, the
under side mainly bright Ochraceous Tawny narrowly bordered by
gray-tipped black; upper side of tail coarsely grizzled, the hairs with
five annulations including a whitish tip; under parts divided into
three sharply contrasted color areas; chin, throat, fore-breast, and
a narrow line on inner sides of arms Ochraceous Tawny, the hairs
with narrow dark bases; base of tail, anal region, and entire inner
sides of thighs also Ochraceous Tawny; midventral region and a
short extension on hind side of arms whitish gray, the hairs broadly
dark basally and narrowly tipped with creamy white.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 285

Skull.— Size rather large with a broad full braincase; rostrum
averaging shorter and heavier than in pyrrhomerus; supraorbital
border with a well-marked notch.

Measurements. — Average of ten adults measured by the collector:
head and body 216; tail 168; hind foot (s.u.) 45. Skull of type:
greatest length 57.6; condylo-basal length 50.2; zygomatic width 31;
interorbital width 16.7; median length of nasals 17.9; least width
of nasals 4; diastema 12.8; upper toothrow 10.1.

Remarks. — This is a very distinct form, perhaps a separate
species, but various general resemblances to pyrrhomerus and the
fact that it occurs at high elevations within the area occupied by
rufigenis lead to the inference that it is most probably a southern
representative of pyrrhomerus. To some extent it combines certain
of the characters of rufigenis and pyrrhomerus since it resembles
rufigenis in lacking the prominent flank-patch but is more like
pyrrhomerus in the color of the head. It differs strikingly from both
in its brightly colored throat and hind legs. The slight tendency to
a dark dorsal line shown in some specimens of pyrrhomerus is repeated
in gularis. In cranial characters, also, the resemblance between the
two is obviously close. When more material is obtained from the
southern provinces of China, therefore, it is not unlikely that grada-
tions will be found.

A large series of thirty-eight specimens of this handsome new
squirrel was obtained by Delacour and Lowe during their long stay
at Chapa, Tonkin. Some of them were labeled as coming from
elevations no higher than 5,000 feet but since they were derived
from native hunters there may be doubt as to the exact height at
which individual specimens were taken. A considerable number
are known definitely to come from Mount Fan Si Pan and at the
highest altitudes, from 8,000 feet upward, this was the only species
of Dremomys obtained. Here it was found in company with Tamiops
olivaceus, microtines, and other species having affinities with northern
forms. Most of the specimens are in slightly worn but rather thick
pelage in which the median under parts have the basal color of the
hairs somewhat exposed. For this reason the collectors, in their
field catalogues, distinguished the species as the "blue-bellied
squirrel."

Tamiops swinhoei Milne-Edwards. SWINHOE'S STRIPED SQUIRREL.

Sciurus macdellandii var. swinhoei Milne-Edwards, Rech. Mamm., p. 308,
1868-74 — Mouping, Szechwan.

286 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

K.-R. — Lian-feng-kang, near Omei-Shan, Szechwan 1.

This is fully typical and has been compared with a specimen
from Mouping formerly in the Paris Museum but now in the British.
Other Szechwan examples seen are from Yeng-ling-pa and Hea-kea-
tun, as well as a further fine specimen from Omei-Shan collected
by M. P. Anderson during the Duke of Bedford's exploration of
eastern Asia.

The specimen in hand was taken Oct. 8, 1929, by Herbert Stevens
and is in very handsome pelage, with five black stripes, two outer
light stripes of dark cinnamon-buff, measuring about 10 mm. in
width, and two inner light stripes of cinnamon-brown.

There seems no doubt that swinhoei should stand as a species
distinct from the "macclellandi" and probably also from the "mariti-
mus" series. Its large size sets it off from most of these, but, as
elsewhere noted, it probably intergrades with clarkei and through
this possibly also with monticola and olivaceus. Its skull is charac-
terized by unusually large audital bullae which are only equaled by
those of T. vestitus of the Peking region. Therefore a gradation
between vestitus and swinhoei may be looked for in future collections.

Tamiops swinhoei clarkei Thomas.

Tamiops clarkei Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), 5, p. 304, March, 1920 —
Yangtze Valley, northern Yunnan (lat. 27° 20' N.; long. 101° E.).

K.-R. — Kulu, upper Yalung River, western Szechwan 1; Wushi,
southwest of Tatsienlu, Szechwan 1.

These specimens have considerable interest as probably illus-
trating the "left-over" winter pelage of T. s. clarkei and indicating
its subspecific relationship to swinhoei. They were taken in April
and May and are in long, shaggy, partly worn pelage, quite different
from the smooth, short coats of the type and other available speci-
mens of clarkei. On the top and sides of the head, however, they
are much paler than in swinhoei and closely similar to clarkei. The
outer light stripes are fairly marked but suffused with fulvous and
they are shorter and broader than might be expected in clarkei. The
tails are broader and more ochraceous than in clarkei. On the whole
they seem to combine characters of swinhoei and clarkei, but probably
are much nearer the latter. Their skulls are slightly smaller and the
audital bullae are quite markedly smaller than in swinhoei. This
difference in the bullae seems almost sufficient to be of specific
importance, but available skulls of typical swinhoei are few in number
and the probability of complete intergradation is very strong.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 287

Tamiops macclellandi rodolphei Milne-Edwards.

Sciunts (Tamias) Rodolphii Milne-Edwards, Rev. Mag. Zool., (2), 19, p.
227, 1867 — Cochin China near Saigon.

A single specimen of this squirrel is among the collections obtained
by Delacour and Lowe from the botanist Poilane. Its exact locality
is not stated. The type, collected by Rodolphe Germain, was said
to be from "Cochinchine" and doubtless came from the region of
Saigon. The original description mentions the color of the under
parts "un beau jaune orange" which characterizes the form. It is
well represented in the British Museum by specimens from several
localities in Cochin China, including An Binh, Tay Ninh, Trang
Bom (twenty-five miles east of Saigon), and Saigon. There are
also five specimens from Djiring, Annam, and one from Bali, near
Nhatrang.

Specimens from Angkor and Sambor, Cambodia, referred by
Thomas (1929, p. 840) to rodolphei seem to agree more nearly with
subspecies liantis (syn. lylei) which is very close to rodolphei on the
one hand and to kongensis on the other. The type of T. m. dolphoides
Kloss (Jour. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam, 4, p. 101, 1921) has not been
examined, but its locality, in western Cambodia, indicates its close
affinity. Assuming continuous distribution, the transition from
rodolphei to barbei evidently takes place via dolphoides, liantis, and
kongensis. Whether or not so many names are justified in such a
limited area may not be demonstrable at present, but, as further
material accumulates, consideration will be needed as to the possi-
bility that one or more of them should be regarded merely as
"intermediate."

Tamiops macclellandi inconstans Thomas.

Tamiops inconstans Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), 5, p. 306, March,
1920— Mongtze?, Yunnan.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Pakha, T. 1.

REC. 1925-29.— Ba Be, T. 3; Bao Ha, T. 9; Thai Nien, T. 4.

All the specimens thus far obtained of this rare form are from the
valley of the "Fleuve Rouge" in a very limited area in southern
Yunnan and northwestern Tonkin. Only the dull, winter pelage is
represented, but the presence of four light stripes as well as the
size and cranial characters leaves no doubt of the close relationship
to macclellandi. All the stripes are less contrasted with each other
than in other forms and the inner pair of light stripes is decidedly

288 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

less distinct than the outer. Interruption of the subocular stripe
at the shoulders is less than in dolphoides and in many specimens
there is practical continuity. In the summer pelage it would not
be surprising to find it as unbroken and well marked as in barbei.
The under parts are deeper-colored than in Annamese dolphoides
and practically the same as in barbei.

The connection of this form with other members of the macclel-
landi series is possible either through barbei or dolphoides or perhaps
through both. In the stretch of coast between Hanoi and Hu§
there is room for gradation into dolphoides, but, although some col-
lecting has been done in this region, nothing of the kind has yet
been found. Intergradation with barbei also is to be looked for in
the region between Tonkin and Upper Burma, for specimens
apparently indistinguishable from barbei have been recorded from
Mengting, Yunnan, in this latitude by G. M. Allen (Am. Mus.
Novit., No. 163, p. 7, 1925).

The occurrence of inconstans and hainanus at the same localities
in Tonkin furnishes further evidence of the specific distinctness of
the macclellandi and maritimus series.

Tamiops macclellandi dolphoides Kloss.

Tamiops macclellandi dolphoides Kloss, Jour. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam, 4, No. 2,
p. 101, March, 1921 — Kompong Som Bon, near Sre Umbel, Cambodia.

K.-R. — Phouc Mon, Quangtri, A. 3.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Ninh Hoa, north of Nhatrang, A. 1.

DEL. 1931-32.— Pakse, L. 2; Paksong, L. 2; Paleng, L. 2; Phukong
Ntoul, L. 3; Thateng, L. 24 (12 ale.).

REC. 1925-29.1 — Col des Nuages, A. 7; Dakto, A. 10; Kontoum,
A. 7; Nape", L. 1.

The small striped squirrels of east-central Annam differ from
rodolphei in having the upper parts darker, more olivaceous, and the
under parts Ochraceous Buff with a yellowish tinge instead of
Orange Rufous. Possibly they should be segregated under a new
name, but since dolphoides is described as having yellowish rather
than orange rufous under parts, it seems best for the present to treat
them under that name. Probably they will prove to be more
differentiated from rodolphei than is dolphoides from its type locality,
and it may be that we have here one of those unfortunate but
unavoidable cases in which the type locality is near the periphery

1 Recorded under the name rodolphei.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 289

of the range of a definable form and the type is in a certain sense
"not typical."

There is some indication, also, of tendency toward T. m. inconstans
and, although Tamiops of the macclellandi series have not been taken
in northern Annam and southern Tonkin in the area intervening
between the ranges of dolphoides and inconstans, the possibility that
they may occur there cannot as yet be excluded.

Tamiops macclellandi kongensis Bonhote.

Sciurus macclellandi kongensis Bonhote, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 55, 1901 —
Raheng, Siam.

WULSIN 1924. — Vientiane, L. 5.

Five specimens taken in July at Vientiane are more grayish than
barbei and may be referred provisionally to kongensis. A form
(laotum) allied to maritimus also occurs at this locality which is
thus shown to be in the area in which there is overlapping of the
macclellandi and maritimus series.

Tamiops maritimus hainanus Allen.

Tamiops macclellandi hainanus J. A. Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., 22,
p. 476, Dec., 1906 — Lei-Mui-Mon, island of Hainan, China.

Tamiops macclellandi riudoni J. A. Allen, I.e., p. 477 — Riudon, island of
Hainan, China.

K.-R.— Ba Nam Cai, T. 1; Boun Tai, L. 1; Chapa, T. 5; Lai
Chau, T. 2; Lao Fou Chai, L. 1; Lieng San, T. 5; Muong Bourn, T. 6;
Muong Mo, T. 7; Muong Moun, T. 5; Muong Yo, L. 5; Nong Lum,
T. 3; Pa Ham, T. 2; Phong Saly, L. 6; Phong Tho, T. 1.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 10; Hoi Xuan, A. 8; Lung Lunh,
A. 1; Pakha, T. 2.

A study of this material, all from one general region and repre-
senting numerous localities and dates, leads to much uncertainty
as to the validity of various color-characters supposed to differentiate
closely allied forms within the group. A selected number of speci-
mens was taken to London and there compared with the series in
the British Museum, including the types of maritimus, monticola,
laotum, and moi. This series includes specimens from Xieng Kuang
and Nape", Laos, which Thomas has referred to laotum, as well as
others from Backan and Chora, Tonkin, which the same author
regarded as inseparable from maritimus. In London the conclusion
was formed that all the specimens from Tonkin and Laos should

290 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

be referred to one form with the qualification that those from more
southern and western localities averaged paler than those from
farther north and east. Subsequent study in Field Museum, which
has some twenty specimens from the island of Hainan, brought up
the question of the supposed distinction of an insular form. This
has forced the opinion that present material does not justify any
separation in this case. If there be any distinction it must be one
of very slight average characters which cannot as yet be demon-
strated. Excluding specimens from Nape", Laos, and others from
the same region, which are grading toward laotum, makes this con-
clusion the more evident. If it be assumed that the same variations
and seasonal changes are found on the island as on the mainland,
there is no basis for separation. That two distinct species occur on
the island is highly improbable without some differences in size and
cranial characters. Such differences do not appear in two topotypes
of "riudoni," kindly loaned by the American Museum of Natural
History, and although these differ in color from most other Hainan
specimens, they can be matched easily by mainland specimens among
which a greater range of seasonal variation is shown than in collec-
tions from Hainan thus far made. The specimens representing
riudoni were taken by a Chinese collector and are discolored on the
throat and chest, evidently by some preservative or other extraneous
means. The remaining under parts are rather dark but not more
so than in many specimens from various localities in Tonkin. There-
fore, it must be concluded that evidence is as yet insufficient to
demonstrate the distinction of riudoni from hainanus.

As noted by G. M. Allen (Am. Mus. Novit., No. 163, p. 7, 1925),
hainanus is distinguished from maritimus by having a smaller, more
slender foot. Measurements taken from dried skins of maritimus
show a foot-length of 32-34, whereas those taken in the same way
from hainanus are only 28-30. This difference in the size of the
feet is borne out by the skulls, those of maritimus being decidedly
larger than in hainanus. Therefore, although color characters are
baffling and uncertain, the separation of maritimus and hainanus
on the basis of size is quite simple.

Practically all the specimens now in museums were taken in
what may be called the winter season. The dates range only from
November to May, leaving the long period of not less than five
months from June to October unrepresented. It is evident also
that dates alone are not wholly reliable guides as to comparability
of pelages. Thus Hainan specimens taken in December and January

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS— OSGOOD 291

are not in the same stage as those taken on the mainland at the
same dates but correspond more closely to stages which are not
reached on the mainland until a month or two later. In general,
the winter pelage (December to March) in its extreme form is very
dull, the outer light stripes are narrow and clouded, and the median
dark line is not sharply contrasted; the entire under parts are usually
washed heavily with fulvous. As this pelage wears, the stripes
become more defined and contrasted and the median dark stripe,
especially, may become quite black and conspicuous before the
general pelage shows any obvious signs of wear. In Tonkin and
Laos this relatively dull winter pelage becomes frayed and rough
in April and May and is then succeeded by a complete new coat
in which the under parts are much paler and the stripes are very
distinct. A median and one pair of lateral black or blackish stripes
are well defined and the lateral light stripes are broad and relatively
clear. How long this pelage may be worn is unknown, but late fall
specimens (November) often show a coat not greatly worn which
is quite similar to it, and it is possible there may be an intervening
pelage. At least these changes of pelage provide room for very wide
differences in the color and markings of individual specimens and,
without series that are strictly comparable, fine subspecific distinc-
tions cannot be drawn. Under these conditions, multiplication of
names only produces confusion.

Tamiops maritimus laotum Robinson and Kloss.

Tamiops macclellandi laotum Robinson and Kloss, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9),
9, p. 92, 1922— Pak Hin Bun, east bank Mekong River, Laos.

K.-R.— Vientiane, L. 1.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Locality unknown 2.

DEL. 1931-32.— Saravane, L. 1.

This form is well characterized by very pale color which reaches
its extreme development in southern Laos. Specimens from central
and northern Laos (Nape" and Xieng Kuang), which were heretofore
regarded as laotum, are approaching hainanus. Even the type of
laotum is somewhat darker than more southern specimens, but its
departure from hainanus in the direction of general paleness is
sufficiently marked.

The specimen from Vientiane, taken July 2, is in full "summer"
pelage in which three broad black dorsal stripes are sharply marked.
The outer light stripes are very broad and distinct.

292 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII
Tamiops maritimus moi Robinson and Kloss.

Tamiops macckllandi moi Robinson and Kloss, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), 9,
p. 92, Jan., 1922 — Langbian Plateau, southern Annam.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Dalat, Langbian Plateau, A. 1.

A single specimen taken by Jabouille is in the collection. It is
in excellent condition and, although dated September 12, it seems
to resemble most closely specimens of hainanus from Tonkin and
Laos taken in March, April and May. It appears to be in the last
stages of a renewed pelage in which traces of a previous, worn
coat remain only on the sides. The stripes are well marked and the
outer light ones are suffused with fulvous, especially in their posterior
half, but this is not distinctive since the same character is found
in many specimens of hainanus. The under parts are uniformly
pale creamy, much paler than in the type of laotum but quite like
other specimens taken at a different season.

On the basis of this specimen alone, it would be difficult to find
any character by which to separate moi from northern specimens,
especially those which stand in a position intermediate between
laotum and hainanus. Until series in comparable pelages can be
examined, the status of the form may remain in doubt. In the
British Museum are six specimens from Djiring, Annam, representing
moi, but they are in such condition that their color seems untrust-
worthy. All have deep, ruddy tones suspiciously like those so often
acquired when fresh specimens are temporarily immersed in liquid
preservative before skinning. The type of moi and one apparently
normal specimen from Djiring have a certain suggestion of this
ruddiness, but altogether the material is much too scanty for reliable
conclusions.

Tamiops monticolus olivaceus subsp. nov.

Type from Lo Qui Ho, Mount Fan Si Pan, near Chapa, Tonkin.
Altitude 8,000-10,000 feet. No. 32.4.19.6. British Museum. Adult
male. Collected Nov. 20, 1929, by J. Delacour and W. Lowe. Orig.
No. 1,248.

Diagnosis. — Similar in size and general characters to T. monticola
and T. m. forresti, but general color dark olivaceous rather than
brownish, grayish or buffy; under parts Olive Ocher instead of
Cinnamon-Buff; stripes varying according to pelage from a condition
showing only one unclouded median stripe to that in which there is
a median and four lateral black stripes.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 293

Color. — General color dark but strongly olivaceous; markings as
usual, with the subocular stripe discontinued at the shoulder; in
dull (winter) pelage there is a short and narrow median black stripe
bordered on either side by broader light stripes concolor with the
general body color which is nearly Buffy Olive or Light Brownish
Olive finely stippled with blackish; following these is the pair of
principal dark stripes which are mainly brownish (Dresden Brown)
with faint indications of underlying black; the principal lateral
stripes are well-defined buffy slightly clouded and varying from
Cream Buff to Olive Ocher; under parts Deep Colonial Buff to
Olive Ocher. In a later pelage, probably produced by simple wearing
away of the tips of the hairs, the entire coat is darker throughout
and all the dark stripes have become pure black, including short
ones below the outer lateral light stripes and making five black
stripes in all; the submedian light stripes are clearer and more
whitish than in the other pelage; the tail is mixed Tawny Olive
and black, much darker than in forresti and slightly darker than
in monticolus.

Skull. — General shape elongate with the rostrum produced and
the anterior zygoma root sloping rather than "squared"; slightly
smaller than in monticolus, about as in forresti; audital bullae rather
small.

Measurements. — Type, measured by collector: head and body 119;
tail 105; hind foot (s.u.) 27. Skull of type: greatest length 37.1;
condylo-basal length 31.9; zygomatic width 20.7; least interorbital
width 12.2; width of braincase 17.8; length of nasals 10.5; palate
from henselion 14.9; greatest diameter of audital bulla 6.7; upper
toothrow 6.5.

Remarks. — Seventeen specimens of this well-marked form were
obtained by Delacour and Lowe in the Fan Si Pan highlands near
Chapa. Here it was associated with Dremomys p. gularis, Eothenomys,
and other mammals of wholly northern affinities. Its distinction
from T. hainanus, which occurs on the same mountains at lower
levels, is obvious. A third species (inconstans) is found also in the
same region, apparently on still lower ground or perhaps merely
in a different ecological niche.

Although all the specimens were taken within a very brief period
(Nov. 19-Dec. 7), they present two phases of pelage, one in which
the lateral dark stripes are clear and contrasting, and another in
which they are heavily overcast with brownish or olivaceous. Which

294 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

of these conditions precedes the other is difficult to determine, but
examination of other material seems to indicate that the dull pelage
is that of full midwinter and is not only followed but also preceded
by a condition in which the stripes are more clearly defined. The
possession of both these phases in the present series makes comparison
with monticolus and forresti simple and certain.

The discovery of this form in the highlands of Tonkin in close
proximity to two others (hainanus and inconstans) very distinct
from it and from each other furnishes clear evidence that at least
in this region the genus Tamiops includes three distinct species.
That these might be local representatives of three widespread species,
each with various geographic races, was a natural assumption and,
in attempting to test it, all the described forms of the genus have
been examined. A thorough revision of the group was not possible
and it is plain that material is not yet sufficient for wholly satisfactory
conclusions, but all specimens have been reviewed in the British
Museum and Field Museum, together with certain others from the
United States National Museum and the American Museum of
Natural History.

Since various names are yet represented only by single specimens
and since even others of which specimens are fairly numerous do
not present more than one phase of pelage, it is too early for a clean-
cut and positive analysis of the group. It is evident, however, that
previous ideas of relationships need considerable revision and a
general discussion of both certainties and probabilities can do no
harm. Apparently cranial characters have had little attention in
this group and careful consideration of them is often of much assist-
ance in cases where the baffling pelages do not furnish satisfactory
clues to affinities or distinctions. The state of knowledge of Tamiops
is somewhat comparable to that of the American genus Eutamias
some thirty years ago before pelage changes had been completely
worked out. In not a single case, among all the numerous described
forms, does material exist showing the progress of the pelages
throughout the year.

For purposes of discussion the genus may be divided into two
principal groups as follows:

Tamiops swinhoei group. — This group is northern in distribution
and is characterized mainly by large size and, with few exceptions,
by the interruption of the subocular stripe at the shoulders. Present
indications are that it includes at least two and perhaps three distinct
species (swinhoei, monticolus and maritimus), but the possibility of

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS— OSGOOD 295

the inosculation of all three cannot positively be eliminated. Names
in this group which seem entitled to some sort of recognition are:

Tamiops swinhoei Milne-Edwards, Mouping, Szechwan.
clarkei Thomas, upper Yangtze, Yunnan.
vestitus Miller, Chihli Province, China.
monticolus Bonhote, Chin Feng Ling, Fukien.
olivaceus Osgood, mountains near Chapa, Tonkin.
spencei Thomas, Kachin Province, Burma.
forresti Thomas, Likiang Mountains, Yunnan.
ritsseolus Jacobi, Atentze, Thibet.
maritimus Bonhote, Foochow, Fukien.
formosanus Bonhote, Formosa.
hainanus J. A. Allen, Hainan, China.
laotum Robinson and Kloss, Pak Hin Bun, Laos.
moi Robinson and Kloss, Langbian, Annam.

Beginning with typical swinhoei, it is found that color gradations
exist connecting it with clarkei and that cranial characters (large
audital bullae) show it to be very closely allied to vestitus. These
three then offer strong probability that they are geographic races
of one species. Next is a series including monticolus, olivaceus,
spencei, forresti, and russeolus which are approximately the same in
size and cranial characters and differ from each other mainly in
shades of color. There can be little doubt, therefore, that they
are intergrading subspecies. Adequate material representing spencei
and russeolus has not been seen, but their inclusion in the series
seems well justified. Three specimens from Mucheng, Yunnan,
referred by G. M. Allen (Am. Mus. Novit., No. 163, p. 5, 1925)
to swinhoei seem like spencei as described and, although differing
slightly from monticolus, they are more like that form than forresti
and olivaceus which are geographically nearer. The relationship of
the members of this series to clarkei is uncertain. None of them quite
equals it in size, but some are closely similar in color, and all have
skulls much as in clarkei except that they are smaller. The types
of clarkei and forresti come from localities in Yunnan not widely
separated and it has been assumed that they are wholly distinct
species. Actual differences between them, however, are not too
great to be bridged and, until clear proof to the contrary is produced,
the suspicion may be entertained that not orily clarkei but forresti,
monticolus and others of the same series all may be subspecies of
swinhoei.

The remaining members of the swinhoei group, maritimus and
hainanus, offer further uncertainties. It was Bonhote's belief that
maritimus and monticolus occupied different adjoining areas in
Fukien, one on the coast and the other in the interior mountains,

296 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

but he treated both as subspecies of maccleUandi and recorded speci-
mens of both from one inland locality, Kuatun. The color characters
by which he distinguished them, however, are largely or wholly
accountable as phases of pelage. Those in the dull phase with
indistinct stripes he called maritimus and those with bright distinct
stripes monticolus. Specimens so far examined from the coast of
Fukien are all in the dull pelage and, while other pelages are not
represented from that region, there is no convincing evidence of
color distinctions between maritimus and monticolus. Likewise there
appears to be no difference in size, both being relatively large as
compared to hainanus and quite equal to any of the larger forms
of the genus except swinhoei and clarkei. The skulls, however, do
offer a slight basis for separation. Only a few comparable skulls
are at hand, but, so far as they go, those of monticolus have the
anterior zygoma root somewhat compressed and sloping whereas
those of maritimus have it abruptly bowed out or "squared." The
sloping type is found also in olivaceus, forresti, and others of that
series and the squared type is most pronounced in vestitus of the
Peking region. As a working hypothesis, therefore, it is possible
to entertain the idea that monticolus and maritimus are distinct
and that one has its connections to the westward and the other in
the north. This is strengthened by the occurrence of olivaceus and
hainanus in Tonkin side by side and obviously distinct. That
olivaceus in this region represents monticolus and hainanus represents
maritimus may not be wholly certain but the inference is very strong.
If there are two distinct species in Tonkin doubtless there are two
in Fukien, although on account of imperfect material characterization
of the latter is difficult. Complete gradation between maritimus
and hainanus awaits proof with further specimens, but the difference
between them is mainly one of size so no great assumption is required.
Connection between maritimus and vestitus is suggested by resem-
blance in the shape of the skulls, but the differences in color and in
the size of the audital bullae are pronounced and assumption of
intergradation is probably not warranted at this time. Material
representing formosanus is scanty but its close relationship to
maritimus is scarcely to be questioned. T. sauteri, also from Formosa,
is of doubtful status, its description indicating mainly characters
which are likely to be seasonal.

It is plain that knowledge of this group is as yet quite imperfect.
There is much need for competent field studies and for series from
single localities taken at different seasons. The relationships of

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 297

maritimus and monticolus should be carefully worked out in Fukien
and much new material should be obtained from the provinces of
central and southern China. There could be no better indication
that these provinces hold the solution of much that is puzzling in
the distribution and relationships of Asiatic mammals. Tamiops is
doubtless common over much of China, yet we have specimens only
from the four corners of the country with little or nothing along
connecting lines or from the great central area.

At present there is perhaps no better course than to consider
the swinhoei group as consisting of three species, swinhoei, monticolus,
and maritimus. In doing so, some reservations may be made, but
at least the treatment will be consistent with what knowledge we
now have.

Tamiops macclellandi group. — This group is mainly southern and
lowland in distribution, ranging from northeastern India through
Assam and northern Burma, southward into Tenasserim and the
Malay Peninsula, and thence across Siam and Cochin China to
Annam and Tonkin. In the western part of its range it represents
the genus Tamiops alone, but in the east in Annam and Tonkin it
is found in juxtaposition with members of the swinhoei group. It
does not enter China and apparently does not ascend to great heights
elsewhere. It is characterized by relatively small size (toothrow
5.5-6 mm.) and, with one exception (dolphoides~), by continuity of
the subocular stripe and the outer light dorsal stripe. Complete
gradation between all the named forms is scarcely to be doubted
and in most cases is quite demonstrable. The names in this group
most likely to have permanent recognition are the following:

Tamiops macclellandi Horsfield, Assam.
m. pembertoni Blyth, Bhutan.
m. barbei Blyth, Tenasserim.
m. novemlineatus Miller, lower Siam.
m. liantis Kloss, Cape Liant, Siam.
m. kongensis Bonhote, Raheng, Siam.
m. rodolphei Milne-Edwards, Cochin China.
m. dolphoides Kloss, Cambodia.
m. inconstans Thomas, Bao Ha, Tonkin.

Two rather well-known names, manipurensis and lylei, are not
included in this list. In the case of lylei, the omission is obviously
necessary, since its type locality is but a few miles from that of
liantis which antedates it. As for manipurensis, it may be granted
that further material could conceivably substantiate it as a valid
race, but it stands directly between macclellandi and barbei and
seasonal variations in both seem sufficient to cover its supposed

298 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

characters. As stated elsewhere, the inclusion of inconstans as a
subspecies in this series may need confirmation since complete
intergradation is not yet fully demonstrated.

Typhlomys cinereus chapensis subsp. nov. BLIND TREE MOUSE.

Type from Chapa, Tonkin. No. 32.4.19.7. British Museum.
Adult female. Collected Nov. 24, 1929, by J. Delacour and W.
Lowe. Orig. No. 1,321.

Diagnosis. — Similar in color and general characters to T. cinereus
of Fukien, but decidedly larger.

Color. — Upper parts Deep Mouse Gray to Blackish Mouse Gray;
under parts dull buffy, the hairs with dark bases; hands whitish;
feet mainly dusky, the sides and the toes whitish; tail dusky, with
or without a white pencil.

Skidl. — Generally similar to that of cinereus, but nearly 20 per
cent larger.

Measurements. — Average of ten adults measured by the collector:
head and body 88.5 (80-98); tail 125 (117-135); hind foot without
claws 22. Skull of type and an adult of cinereus (in parentheses):
greatest length 25.6 (22.7) ; zygomatic breadth 14.2 (11.8) ; interorbital
constriction 5.5 (4.8); nasals 7.6 (6.4) ; interparietal 10 x 4 (7.8 x 3.1);
palate from gnathion 12.8 (10.8); postpalatilar length 9.3 (7.9);
diastema 7.2 (5.8); upper toothrow 4 (3.6).

Remarks. — Practically all hitherto known specimens of Typhlomys
have proceeded from Fukien, China, the type region of cinereus. Its
occurrence in Tonkin is therefore an important extension of range
and its high degree of specialization marks it as one of the outstanding
examples of mammals which are peculiar to Tonkin and southern
China. The specimens from Tonkin show an abrupt and marked
difference in size from those of Fukien although general characters
are the same.

Apparently the habits of this animal, which should be exceedingly
interesting, are still quite unknown. Fourteen specimens were
obtained by Delacour and Lowe at Chapa, all received from native
collectors.

Rattus norvegicus socer Miller. NORWAY RAT.

Epimys norvegicus socer Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 27, p. 90, May, 1914 —
Taochow, Kansu, China.

K.-R— Nguluko, Yunnan 85.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 299

A very large series of Norway rats was obtained by Stevens at
Nguluko, just north of Likiang. In view of their great abundance
there, it is worthy of remark that they were not taken at any other
locality on his entire route from Burma to northern Szechwan.

Rattus rattus sladeni Anderson. SLADEN'S BROWN RAT.

Miis sladeni Anderson, Anat. Zool. Res. W. Yunnan, p. 305, 1878 — Kakhyen

Hills, Yunnan.
Rattus rattus sladeni Allen, Am. Mus. Novit., No. 217, p. 2, June 16, 1926.

K.-R.— Ba Nam Nhung, T. 7; Chapa, T. 1; Muong Bourn, T. 3;
Muong Mo, T. 2; Muong Yo, L. 1; Phong Tho, T. 2.
D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 1; Pakha, T. 6.
DEL. 1931-32.— Thateng, L. 14.

Rats from the highlands of northwestern Tonkin answer fairly
well to the description of sladeni as identified by Kloss and G. M.
Allen. The distinction of R. r. sikkimensis from this form seems
doubtful, but R. r. hainanicus, as judged by a single adult topotype,
has larger audital bullae as well as a longer tail. Large bullae,
however, are given as characteristic of R. r. thai (Kloss, Jour. Nat.
Hist. Soc. Siam, 2, p. 286, 1917) from Raheng, Siam, of which no
specimens have been examined in this connection.

Specimens referred to sladeni by G. M. Allen from Namting
River at the Burma border and kindly loaned by the American
Museum of Natural History include one very bright-colored example,
but are essentially like the material from Tonkin. The largest of
the Burmese specimens does not equal the largest from Tonkin.
Respective measurements of these two are: total length 378, 433;
tail 208, 232; hind foot 35, 38. In length of tail, therefore, the
Tonkin rats equal hainanicus.

A specimen from Chapa is doubtfully placed here, its skull possibly
being mismated. There is variation in the number of mammae,
some specimens having twelve and others ten.

The specimens from southern Laos, of which only a few are
adults, show no distinction from those of Tonkin. The females
among them have twelve mammae.

Rattus nitidus Hodgson.

Mus nitidus Hodgson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (1), 15, p. 267, 1845 — Nepal.
Mus griseipectus Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, 7, p. 93,
1871 — Szechwan, China.

300 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

Rattus nitidiis Hinton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., 26, p. 412, May, 1919.
Rattus griseipectus Allen, Am. Mus. Novit., No. 217, p. 7, June 16, 1926.

K.-R. — Szechwan: Kulu 13; Muli 1; Yatsu 1. Yunnan: Lutzulu
3; Nguluko 1; Yungning 16.

Receipt of a large series of Rattus nitidus from Sikkim reveals
essential agreement with material from southern and western China
for which the name griseipectus has recently been in use. Even
subspecific recognition of griseipectus seems doubtful. In some of
the Chinese specimens there is a tendency to the development of
an irregular white line on the breast or midventral region. Else-
where the hairs of the under parts are with dark bases and dull
buffy or silvery whitish tips. In the series from Sikkim similar varia-
tions are found. Rattus nitidus obsoletus from the Chin Hills, Burma,
has not been examined. Two specimens without skulls in the
Delacour collection from Chapa, Tonkin, seem closely allied to or
identical with nitidus. Under the name griseipectus the species has
been recorded by Allen from Fukien and Hainan, but it appears
to be rare in Tonkin.

Rattus concolor Blyth. LITTLE BURMESE RAT.

Mus concolor Blyth, Jour. As. Soc. Beng., 28, p. 295, 1859 — Schwegyin, Burma.

DEL. 1931-32.— Pakse, L. 1.

K.-R. — Phouc Mon, Quangtri, A. 10.

WULSIN 1924.— Luang Prabang, L. 1.

This small, dark-colored rat is evidently confined to river high-
ways and the coast region. Since it is habitually a dweller in houses,
it may have been introduced into Indo-China. Originally described
from Burma, it has been recorded also from Siam and the Malay
Peninsula. The present Annam record seems to be the easternmost
for the species. In some specimens there is a dark line on the feet
as in R. flavipectus, but the smaller size, shorter pelage, and the
possession of only four pairs of mammae are unmistakable.

A specimen from Luang Prabang belonging to the United States
National Museum is tentatively referred to concolor although it is
much more rufescent than the others and has various minor peculi-
arities. One from Pakse, farther south, on the left bank of the
Mekong River, is normal.

JR. sakaratensis of Siam (Gyldenstolpe, Kungl. Svenska Vet.
Handl., 57, No. 2, p. 46, pi. VI, figs. 6, 9, 1916), as noted by Kloss

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 301

(Jour. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam, 3, p. 381, 1919), seems not to be allied
to concolor.

Rattus flavipectus Milne-Edwards. BUFF-BREASTED RAT.

Mus flavipectus Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, 7, p. 93,
1871 — Mouping, Szechwan.

K.-R.— Bactan Trai, T. 1; Ba Nam Cai, T. 9; Ba Nam Nhung,
T. 13; Chapa, T. 3; Lai Chau, T. 3; Lieng San, T. 1; Muong Bourn,
T. 2; Muong Mo, T. 23; Muong Moun, T. 12; Muong Yo, L. 3;
Nguluko, Yunnan 2; Nong Lum, T. 1; Pa Ham, T. 9; Phong Saly,
L. 18; Phong Tho, T. 5.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 2; Pakha, T. 2.

WULSIN 1924.— Lai Chau, T. 16.

As indicated by the large number of specimens collected, this
rat is very common in the highlands of northwestern Tonkin. On
the other hand, only two specimens appear in the collections made
by Stevens in Yunnan and, although the type came from Szechwan,
recent collectors have taken the species there only in small numbers.
So far as examined, the northern specimens have the dingy appear-
ance usual in house rats while the southern ones mostly are clean,
bright and trim-looking as in a native species.

At present, it is difficult to make any separation of a southeastern
form. The material from Tonkin shows considerable variation in
color of the under parts, but the proportion of specimens in which
the entire lower surface is heavily ochraceous is very large and the
breast stripe is practically always well marked. Specimens from
Fukien seem to be similar, although no very satisfactory material
is available, and the same is true of more northern specimens.

Apparently there is no tendency in Tonkin toward R. f. yunnan-
ensis with its lighter under parts and heavier molars. This latter
form, however, is closely allied to a representative of flavipectus
found in northern India and described by Hinton as Rattus rattus
tistae (Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., 26, p. 68, 1918). A large series
from Sikkim and Bengal Presidency recently received at Field
Museum amply shows this to be the case. It is evident, therefore,
that tistae (and probably also bhotia) should be associated with
flavipectus rather than with rattus. As compared with flavipectus
from Tonkin, tistae is somewhat larger with a longer foot and heavier
molars and much lighter under parts. Specimens from Upper Burma
referred to yunnanensis by G. M. Allen appear to be intermediate

302 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

between tistae and Tonkinese flavipectus, although probably nearer
tistae with which they agree in their heavier molars. Specimens
from the actual type locality of yunnanensis are not available and
will be required before names can be allocated with certainty. Mean-
while there is strong probability that tistae should be united with
yunnanensis.

Rattus flavipectus molliculus Robinson and Kloss.

Rattus molliculus Robinson and Kloss, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), 9, p. 97,
1922 — Daban, Phanrang, Annam.

K.-R.— Phouc Mon, Quangtri, A. 30.

A lengthy and variable series of rats from east-central Annam
appears closely allied to the form described as Rattus molliculus from
southern Annam. This conclusion is based mainly upon the original
description without actual comparison of specimens. It appears also
that there is connection with R. flavipectus, since the series in hand
shows numerous evidences of intergradation with that species.

In color this series is considerably paler than flavipectus and the
upper parts in some specimens are not far from those of R. In. exiguus.
The under parts range from those that are entirely white to those
with pure white only on the lower belly, the hairs elsewhere having
dark bases and white or pale buffy tips. In most cases the body
color is continued to the upper side of the front feet, but is paler
and less contrasted than in flavipectus. The hind feet are entirely
white in twenty-four specimens, but in six others a dark marking
is evident. The fulvous breast-marking varies from a scarcely
discernible spot to a wide stripe extending to the forepart of the
belly. Adults are slightly larger than in flavipectus. A very large
one and one of average size offer the following collector's measure-
ments: total length 401, 346; tail 227, 177; hind foot 35, 33. The
number of mammae is usually ten, but in one specimen, at least,
there are twelve.

R. molliculus as described does not show fulvous breast-markings
and is evidently like some of the lighter-colored examples in the
present series. It is recorded from Ba Na Kham, east of Outeradit,
northern Siam, and from Ban Tuoi, Mekong River, near Pissai,
Laos, as well as from the type locality in Annam.

Rattus humiliatus exiguus Howell.

Rattus rattus exiguus Howell, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 40, p. 43, March, 1927 —
southwest of Yenping, Fukien.

K.-R. — Phouc Mon, Quangtri, A. 1.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 303

A single immature specimen may be referred to this form which
appears to differ from typical humiliatus mainly in its wholly blackish
tail. A "cotype" of humiliatus collected by Pere David and now
labeled "Suenhoafu, Pekin" is in the British Museum. The end
of its tail is missing, but otherwise it is in good condition although
doubtless originally preserved "in spirit." The color is decidedly
rufescent, perhaps partly due to preservative, but another specimen
collected more recently (1903) near Nanking is only slightly paler.
The feet are white in both specimens and the tail is definitely
bicolored. This last character distinguishes it from specimens from
Fukien, Hainan, and Annam, all of which have entirely blackish
tails.

It seems evident, therefore, that two eastern forms of humiliatus
may be recognized, one with a bicolored tail ranging from Nanking
northward and the other with a blackish unicolored tail extending
south to northern Annam. For the southern form, the name exiguus
is available. Examination of the type and several topotypes of
exiguus, loaned by the United States National Museum, shows them
to be allied to humiliatus rather than to rattus. Aside from their
unicolored tails, they differ from humiliatus in paler, less rufescent
color. Externally they agree with series from Hainan and the cranial
differences which may be noted are supported by such a small number
of specimens and localities that separation of another form from
Hainan does not yet seem advisable. The type of exiguus and one
adult topotype have skulls in which the interorbital region is more
abruptly constricted, the rostral part of the skull more slender, and
the braincase wider than is usually the case in skulls from Hainan.
The single specimen from Annam shows a narrow midventral line
of buffy like the body color. Such a line does not appear in the small
series from Fukien, but in a considerable number from Hainan there
is at least one in which a similar line appears.

Rattus humiliatus celsus Allen.

Rattus humiliatus celsus Allen, Am. Mus. Novit., No. 217, p. 5, June, 1926 —
Taku Ferry, west bank of Yangtze River, Yunnan.

K.-R. — Baurong, Szechwan 1; Mulu, Szechwan 4.

These are somewhat brighter, more rufescent in color than topo-
types loaned for comparison by the American Museum of Natural
History. The northernmost specimen, from Baurong, has especially
heavy cheek-teeth and the whole series, as compared with specimens

304 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

from Hainan, indicates that heaviness of the molars is probably a
marked character of the race.

Rattus f ulvescens Gray.

Mus fulvescens Gray, Cat. Mamm. Nepal & Thibet, ed. 1, p. 18, 1846 — Nepal.

Cotypes in British Museum.

Leggada jerdoni Blyth, Jour. As. Soc. Beng., 32, p. 350, 1863 — Sikkim.
Epimys fulvescens Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., 24, p. 427, 1916 —

fulvescens replaces jerdoni.

Rattus fulvescens Wroughton, supra cit., p. 772, 1916.
Rattus huang vulpicolor G. M. Allen, Am. Mus. Novit., No. 217, p. 14, June 16,

1926 — Namting River at Burma border.

K.-R.— Chapa, T. 6; Lieng San, T. 4; Lung Lunh, A. 1; Muong
Bourn, T. 1; Phong Saly, L. 13.
D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 47.

This species, long known by the name jerdoni, is represented in
the British Museum by a few modern specimens from Nepal or near-
by localities and by a large number from Sikkim and Assam somewhat
farther east. The series includes both the spiny and the soft pelages
together with variations and different stages between the two,
altogether presenting a great range of color. A further series from
Sikkim is now in Field Museum together with some thirty-six speci-
mens from Fukien as well as a few from Hainan. Careful study of
all this material in connection with the large accessions from Indo-
China indicates that as a species fulvescens ranges at least from
northeastern India across northern Burma and Tonkin and extends
into China in Szechwan, Yunnan and Fukien. Within this area,
it is difficult or practically impossible to differentiate more than
two subspecies, typical fulvescens, which is the more southern
form, and Rattus fulvescens huang, which appears to be confined
to China.

Two topotypes of R. h. vulpicolor, loaned by the American
Museum of Natural History, are quite indistinguishable from speci-
mens of fulvescens in the same pelage from Sikkim. They also agree
in detail with various examples from Tonkin. The naming of
vulpicolor by Allen was, in effect, only the recognition of fulvescens
which was, at the time, unknown to him.

Although a lengthy series is available from Fukien, the winter
pelage is not well represented and there is only slight indication
that this pelage may be brighter than in fulvescens. Aside from the
possibility that it may average slightly smaller and shorter-tailed,

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS— OSGOOD 305

huang seems characterized mainly by a reduction or absence of dusky
markings on the feet. These markings are not invariably present in
fulvescens but are very pronounced in a large percentage of specimens.
The position of specimens from Hainan is doubtful. G. M. Allen
referred them to huang, but with a considerably smaller series than
that examined by him, I find them easier to place with fulvescens
from Tonkin. Although taken in December, they are in bright-
colored, spiny pelage. They average slightly larger than huang and
in several instances have dark markings on the feet.

The disposition of Mus ling (Bonhote, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
Abstr. No. 23, p. 19, 1905) from Chin Feng Ling, Fukien, is perhaps
uncertain, but probabilities favor its elimination as a pure synonym
of huang. Smaller size is all that could be claimed for it and in
most specimens examined this seems due to immaturity. The type
of ling in the British Museum is at most adolescent although its
teeth show slight signs of wear. A specimen from Quangtri, Annam,
is closely similar to this type, but is obviously not fully mature.
In a large series from Fukien in the British Museum, doubtless
determined by Bonhote, the great majority are called ling and are
preponderantly immatures, while only a few very old and rich-
colored examples are labeled huang. In all large series the immatures
are noticeably smaller than adults and among senescents individuals
of exceptional size are not uncommon. Mere size in small series or
individuals, therefore, may be misleading. Eastern series of fulvescens
average very slightly larger than western but it does not seem
sufficient ground for separation.

The relationship of fulvescens to southern forms is obvious in
several instances, especially in that of R. j. bukit which can at most
be no more than a subspecies and has been so regarded by Gylden-
stolpe (Jour. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam, 3, p. 165, 1919). It is somewhat
duller in color than fulvescens but otherwise agrees closely. A speci-
men from Lung Lunh, Annam, in the present collection may be
approaching it. Other southern forms may be allied, but close
comparisons have not been made. R. f. mentosus, which was also
examined in this connection, is perhaps a local form of fulvescens,
but the material representing it is very unsatisfactory, and, until
topotypes are obtained, including different ages and pelages, its
status is likely to be a matter of opinion. The type series includes
only very old, oversized examples with much worn, but rather heavy
teeth, and the skins are in an unusual, worn, grayish pelage. The
skulls are long and narrow with very long, cuneate nasals which,

306 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

with the heavy molars, suggest relationship to confucianus. The
audital bullae, however, are relatively small as in fulvescens. This
character usually distinguishes fulvescens from confucianus, but
whether mentosus is a local form of fulvescens or of confucianus is
not certain.

Rattus fulvescens champa Robinson and Kloss.

Rattus bukit champa Robinson & Kloss, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), 9, p. 96,
1922 — Langbian Peaks, Annam.

DEL. 1931-32.— Thateng, L. 7.

These are darker and more spiny than specimens of fulvescens
from Tonkin. In view of this and their geographical position, their
reference to subspecies champa seems justified.

Rattus confucianus Milne-Edwards.

Mus confucianus Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, 7,
p. 93, 1871— Szechwan.

K.-R. — Szechwan: Muli 8; Tupakeo 1; 20 miles south of Tze
La Lee 5; Wushi 13; Yulongkong 18. Yunnan: near Lutzulu 2;
district north of Likiang in bend of Yangtze River 3; Nguluko 6.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Vicinity of Chapa, T. 73.

Stevens did not take this species until he reached the Likiang
highlands. His collection includes both winter and summer speci-
mens, showing the usual color variations and no example which is
of unusual size.

The very large series from the vicinity of Chapa, Tonkin, covers
a wide range of variation in size and color. Reference of this series
to confucianus is not wholly satisfactory, but, until relationships
in the group are better understood, it seems advisable. A consider-
able number of the specimens are labeled "Lo Qui Ho," which is in
the highland above Chapa at an elevation of 9,000 feet or more.
Others, obviously the same, are simply labeled "Chapa"; but, since
all were brought in by natives, there is no certainty as to the exact
elevation at which any particular one was taken. Apparently R.
confucianus is found exclusively at the higher elevations and is
replaced at lower levels by R. fulvescens, with the possibility that
both may occur together at certain points.

Distinction of R. confucianus and R. fulvescens in overlapping
areas, while generally obvious, is often very difficult as to individual
specimens. In confucianus and its forms, the size is larger, the color

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 307

darker, the tail is frequently white-tipped and the breast marked
with fulvous; the audital bullae are larger and more globose, the
nasals longer and more compressed behind, and the molars are
heavier. Apparent contradictions in these characters or in the
combination of them crop out in disquieting manner in a number
of instances, but they hold in such a large proportion that their
significance is scarcely to be doubted.

The specimens from the highlands of Tonkin apparently average
somewhat larger and with coarser and more richly colored pelage
than typical confurianus, but in view of the names andersoni and
excelsior, applied to northern examples of large size, it is evident
that size variations may be considerable. The Tonkin material
differs from R. c. lotipes of Hainan in possessing pronounced dark
markings on the feet.

Measurements of ten of the larger specimens from Tonkin are
as follows: head and body 162.6 (152-173); tail 235 (220-255); hind
foot with claws (measured dry) 33.3 (32-35). It appears, there-
fore, that some of them nearly or quite reach the size of R. andersoni.
A large skull measures: greatest length 43.5; zygomatic width 18;
interorbital constriction 6.4; nasals 16.8; diastema 12; palatine slits
7.5; cheek-teeth 6.6. If the number of specimens were limited to a
few representing extremes, a nomenclatural division might easily
be induced, but with very large series at hand, the only satisfactory
conclusion is that the variations and relationships in this group will
not be thoroughly understood until a competent student combines
field observation with subsequent study of much more and better
material than is now in hand.

Rattus indosinicus sp. nov.

Type from Chapa, Tonkin. No. 31,993 Field Museum of Natural
History. Young male. Collected Feb. 15, 1929, by Harold J.
Coolidge, Jr. Orig. No. 6.

Diagnosis. — A rat of moderate size, with soft or spiny pelage
according to age and season, and tail about 40 per cent longer than
head and body. Superficially similar to R. confudanus and R.
fulvescens, but tail wholly blackish and hallucal claw somewhat
reduced in adaptation to scansorial habits. Mammae 2-2 = 8.

Color. — Upper parts mixed dusky and Ochraceous Tawny, the
sides only slightly paler than the back. Under parts entirely pure
white to roots of hairs, in older specimens becoming creamy or

308 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

tinged with yellowish. Fore feet white or with an extension of
body color to the base of the toes; hind feet similar, the dark area
variable and not well defined in the younger examples; tail entirely
blackish both above and below.

Skull. — Generally similar to that of R. confucianus but with a
more expanded braincase, wider interorbital space, shorter nasals,
and more highly developed supraorbital ridges. Similar also to
that of Chiromyscus chiropus except in smaller size, in less prominent
postorbital processes, and in more projecting infraorbital plate.
Cheek-teeth relatively wide, heavy and brachyodont; first upper
tooth with its anterior lamina only slightly indented on its antero-
internal surface.

Measurements. — Collector's measurements of three specimens,
adult, subadult, and adolescent: total length 331, 324, 285; tail
192, 192, 160; hind foot 29, 31, 29. Skulls of same specimens:
greatest length 38.1, 36, 34; condylo-basal length 35, 33.5, 31;
zygomatic width 16.4, 17.6, 16.4; interorbital constriction 6.1, 6,
6.1; width of braincase 14.9, 15.6, 14.8; nasals 12.2, 12.3, 12.3;
interparietal 10.4 x 6.6, 11.2 x 5.4, 10.5 x 5.4; diastema 10.1, 9, 8.2;
width of infraorbital plate 4, 3.7, 3.6; cheek-teeth (crowns) 6.2, 5.8,
6.3; (alveoli) 7, 6.4, 7; width of front upper molar 1.9, 1.9, 2.

Remarks. — Attention was at first drawn to this species by the
wholly blackish tails of the three specimens representing it. These
three specimens, all from Chapa, include one in spiny pelage, taken
by Delacour and Lowe, and two obtained by the Kelley-Roosevelts
Expedition, one of the latter in very long, soft pelage without spines,
and the other with but a few well-concealed spines. The mammary
formula, 2-2 = 8, is well shown in one specimen. In a hasty pre-
liminary assorting of the collections, before skulls were cleaned, one
of them was placed with Chiromyscus chiropus in the belief that it
might be a young example of that animal and the two others fell
among the supposed variations of R. confucianus. In all the large
series of confucianus and fulvescens from Chapa, numbering well
over one hundred specimens, invariably the tail is at least irregularly
bicolored, so these two with dark tails were later eliminated.

The discovery that certain cranial characters were correlated
with the dark tails established the distinctness of the species from
confucianus and fulvescens. It is possible that further study will
demonstrate a close relationship to R. cremoriventer, a dark-tailed
species of the upper Malay Peninsula with which actual comparisons

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 309

have not been made. Apparently cremoriventer is smaller and more
spiny, with weaker teeth and a narrower infraorbital plate. It
seems not to have been recorded in any of the numerous collections
from continental Siam.

The very small representation of this species in the collection
is perhaps accounted for by the probability that its habits are more
arboreal than is the case with the other rats of the region excepting
Chiromyscus. It may not be especially allied to Chiromyscus, but
in cranial characters there is little except size to separate it. In
the British Museum are two specimens which may deserve further
examination as possibly belonging to this species. One of these
is from the Chin Hills, fifty miles west of Kindat, Burma (No.
16.3.26.58.) and the other from Margherita, Naga Hills, Assam
(No. 20.6.7.34.).

Rattus sp. ?

A single specimen from Phong Saly, Laos, obviously belongs to
a species not otherwise represented in the collection. Without
material representing many of the species described from Siam, it
seems best not to hazard an opinion as to its relationships. It is
dull brown in color, the under parts uniformly with dark-based hairs
tipped with buffy. The pelage is very soft and full, the ears rather
large and the hind feet very large. The skull is relatively flat, with
a broad braincase, small audital bullae, and heavy cheek-teeth.
Collector's measurements are: total length 299; tail 153; hind foot
36.5.

Rattus surifer finis Kloss.

Epimys surifer finis Kloss, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 51, March, 1916 — Klong
Menao, southeastern Siam.

K.-R.— Phong Saly, L. 2; Phouc Mon, Quangtri, A. 3.
DEL. 1931-32.— Thateng, L. 14 (8 ale.).

The specimens from Phong Saly are quite as bright-colored as
typical surifer, but they agree with finis in the extension of white
areas from the arms and legs to the hands and feet. The specimens
from Quangtri are slightly smaller, darker, and with the under parts
pure white instead of creamy. Rattus s. siarma (Kloss, Jour. Nat.
Hist. Soc. Siam, 3, p. 75, 1918) of northwest Siam has not been
examined. The specimens from southern Laos are soft-pelaged,
practically without spines, and may be approaching Rattus surifer
moi of southern Annam.

310 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

Rattus sabanus revertens Robinson and Kloss.

Rattus sabanus revertens Robinson and Kloss, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), 9,
p. 95, Jan., 1922 — Daban, Phanrang, Annam.

K.-R. — Phong Saly, L. 1; Phouc Mon, Quangtri, A. 1.

Besides two specimens in Field Museum, there are from the same
region four others in the British Museum, one from Backan, Tonkin,
one from Nap£, Laos, and two from Xieng Kuang, Laos. These
northernmost representatives of the sabanus group, which is
essentially Malayan, may be referred tentatively to revertens although
comparison with the type of that form has not been made. Externally
they are remarkably similar to R. s. vociferans of peninsular Siam
and Tenasserim, but certain slight cranial characters seem to dis-
tinguish them. The root of the zygoma is somewhat weaker, the
infraorbital plate averages narrower, more sloping, and the anterior
palatine foramina are longer and more expanded laterally, in this
last respect approaching some of the forms of R. edwardsi, notably
R. e. listen.

That there is any actual gradation between the sabamis-voci-
ferans series and edwardsi is perhaps improbable, but their very close
relationship is scarcely to be doubted. A somewhat cursory examina-
tion of the two groups leads to a pronounced feeling that they are
quite distinct, but constant cranial characters that will hold for all
the forms of both groups are difficult to define. Comparing only
typical skulls of edwardsi and vociferans, it is found that edwardsi is
larger, with a very heavy muzzle, large palatal slits, larger audital
bullae, heavier molars and larger interparietal. In most cases, the
size of the interparietal coupled with that of the molars is sufficient,
but with forms like listen in one series and like the present one in
the other, confidence might be shaken if it were not for the coloration
and external characters.

The single immature example from Quangtri, Annam, has the
distal half of the tail white as in the unique type of R. s. herberti
but shows no indication of extension of white to the eye as in that
form.

Rattus sabanus subsp.

DEL. 1931-32.— Thateng, L. 2.

These may be regarded provisionally as intermediates between
R. s. revertens and R. s. herberti. They are smaller and paler than
revertens, the under parts are white rather than yellowish white, and

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 311

in one of them the white is only narrowly separated from the lower
edge of the eye. The terminal part of the tail is white for two-
thirds its length in one specimen and one-third in the other.

Rattus edwardsi Thomas. EDWARDS'S GIANT RAT.

Mus edwardsi Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 587, pi. 44, 1882 — Kuatun,
Fukien, China.

K.-R.— Lieng San, T. 2; Muong Moun, T. 1; Phong Saly, L. 1.
D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 16.

Five adults from Ngai Tio, Tonkin, in the British Museum seem
nearest to typical edwardsi although, as suggested by Thomas (1925,
p. 503), they tend somewhat towards JR. edwardsi listen. Color
differences between edwardsi and listen are difficult to appreciate,
but in general listen seems to be slightly more saturate with ruddier
tones, less grayish than edwardsi. The skull of edwardsi differs
from that of listen in larger size, heavier molars, larger palatal slits,
and larger audital bullae. In respect to the palatal slits the Tonkin
specimens are nearer to listen, but in all the other characters men-
tioned they are nearer to edwardsi. The type of listen has an
abnormally short toothrow, scarcely longer than in vociferans, but
other specimens from Assam, as well as those representing R. edwardsi
garonum, have somewhat larger molars, nearly or quite equaling
those of the skulls from Tonkin.

The various forms of R. edwardsi, both continental and insular,
might conveniently be regarded as subspecies. In most cases grada-
tion is already apparent, while in others it is more than probable.
The following list of them is perhaps incomplete, but may be helpful
to the next worker with the group.

Rattus edwardsi Thomas, Kuatun, Fukien, China.
e. listen Thomas, Pashok, Darjeeling, India.
e. garonum Thomas, Garo Hills, Assam.
e. gigas Satunin, near Lun-gan-fu, Szechwan.
e. ciliatus Bonhote, Gunong, Selangor, Malay States.
e. setiger Robinson and Kloss, Barison Range, Sumatra.
e. milleti Robinson and Kloss, Dalat, southern Annam.

Rattus bowersi latouchei Thomas. LATOUCHE'S GIANT RAT.

Mus latouchei Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6), 20, p. 113, 1897— Kuatun,
Fukien, China.

K.-R.— Chapa, T. 1; Phong Saly, L. 4.
D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 18.

312 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

Specimens in the British Museum from Backan, Tonkin, Xieng
Kuang, Laos, and Ngai Tio, Tonkin, all of which are called bowersi by
Thomas, might better be referred to latouchei which is no more than
a slight subspecies of bowersi. Perhaps latouchei may be somewhat
paler in color than bowersi but otherwise it seems to differ only in
one slight cranial character. In bowersi the nasals are extended
posteriorly beyond the premaxillae whereas in latouchei the nasals
and premaxillae end evenly. In this respect the Tonkin and Laos
specimens agree with latouchei from Kuatun, Fukien, China.

The skull of R. bowersi is markedly different from that of R.
edwardsi and other so-called "giant rats" of southeastern Asia. The
braincase is peculiarly truncate behind, giving an essentially tri-
angular appearance to the whole skull. The interparietal is frequently
subtriangular with an anterior apex instead of being elliptical. The
orbital ridges are rather weak and mainly confined to the frontals,
their continuation over the parietals being faint. The audital bullae
are relatively large and the incisors pale. A closely related species
is R. ferreocanus of the Malay Peninsula, which has smaller audital
bullae, but is otherwise so similar to bowersi that intergradation
between the two is not improbable. Other species of smaller size
and well distinguished, but having the same type of skull and similar
external appearance, are manipulus, mackenziei, and berdmorei.
Rattus bowersi lactiventer also has been named from northwestern
Siam (Kloss, Jour. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam, 3, p. 80, 1919).

Chiromyscus chiropus Thomas. BURMESE CLIMBING RAT.

Mus chiropus Thomas, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Gen., (2), 10, p. 884, 1891;

ibid., p. 935, pi. 11, figs. 4-7, 1892 — Carin Hills, northeast of Tounghoo,

southern Burma.
Chiromyscus chiropus Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 503, 1925.

K.-R.— Ba Nam Nhung, T. 1.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 1.

REC. 1925-29.— Bao Ha, T. 1; Dakto, A. 2; Xieng Kuang, L. 1.

With the exception of the type in alcohol, the specimens enumer-
ated above include all the known examples of this interesting rat.
One of the recent examples is the first female to be examined and
affords the information that the mammary formula is 2-2 = 8.

Mus musculus Linnaeus. HOUSE MOUSE.

Mus musculus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1, p. 62, 1758.
K.-R.— Lai Chau, T. 1; Nguluko, Yunnan 9.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 313

The only example of the common house mouse in the entire
collection from Indo-China is one taken at Lai Chau by Coolidge.
A small series was obtained in Yunnan by Stevens.

Mus bactrianus kakhyensis Anderson.

Mus kakhyensis Anderson, Anat. Zool. Res. W. Yunnan, p. 307, 1878 —
Ponsee, Kakhyen Hills, Yunnan.

Mus bactrianus kakhyensis Allen, Am. Mus. Novit., No. 270, p. 9, May, 1927.

K.-R.— Ba Nam Cai, T. 3; Muong Bourn, T. 13; Muong Mo,
T. 1; Muong Moun, T. 5; Phouc Mon, Quangtri, A. 6; Phong Saly,
L. 1.

These agree in detail with specimens from Hainan referred to
this subspecies by G. M. Allen.

The external resemblance of the Indo-Chinese specimens to
species recently referred to "Leggada" (as nitidulus and nagarum)
and also the cranial characters shown by them led to a somewhat
hasty reexamination of the evidence for the separation of Mus and
Leggada as full genera. This is a matter which Oldfield Thomas
evidently had in mind for further investigation. In referring speci-
mens from Tonkin and Annam to Mus dubius, he states (1927, p. 55) :
"This determination is of necessity merely provisional, as the com-
plexities of the Mus-Leggada group are such as to demand quite a
special study, with more material than is yet available."

Since the specimens which Thomas had in hand were obviously
different from typical dubius, I am inclined to infer, from a con-
siderable knowledge of his character and methods, that he refrained
from definite action, not because of any doubt as to their distinctness
from dubius and its allies, but because his faith was somewhat
shaken as to the characters previously used in separating Mus and
Leggada. It was this question that he wished to have subjected to
careful study. I am unable to devote the time necessary for such
a study, but, after a brief review of the Asiatic forms, am much
impressed with the difficulties involved in maintaining any sharp
line between Mus and Leggada. Their status is plainly only pro-
visional and, under these circumstances, it seems less confusing to
subordinate them to no more than subgeneric rank until such time
as a comprehensive study can be made.

The present form, although doubtless properly placed as a sub-
species of bactrianus, shows slight tendencies toward the characters
of Leggada. However, there can be no doubt that it falls definitely

314 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

into the section Mus, as defined by Thomas (Jour. Bomb. Nat.
Hist. Soc., 26, pp. 417-420, May, 1919). The genotype of Leggada
(booduga), on the other hand, is one of those species in which there
is some approach to Mus, since it has rather broad, flattened nasals,
a wide infraorbital plate which extends forward beyond the middle
of the palatal slits, and a muzzle which, although longer than in
typical Mus, is shorter than in most other species assigned to Leggada.

In the considerable series of kakhyensis now available, there is
some variation in size. A series in the British Museum from Kontoun,
southern Annam, appears very closely allied, but averages smaller,
with skulls not so elongate as in the northern specimens from Tonkin.

Mus (Leggada) nitidulus annamensis Kloss.

Tauiatus thai annamensis Kloss, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), 9, p. 99, 1922 —
Dalat, Langbian Plateau, Annam.

DEL. 1931-32.— Thateng, L. 3.

The names thai and annamensis (Tautatus thai Kloss, Jour. Nat.
Hist. Soc. Siam, 2, p. 280, Dec., 1917; idem, 3, p. 71, 1918; Tautatus
thai annamensis Kloss, supra cit.) seem to apply to forms of the
Leggada series, and the generic name Tautatus, which was coupled
with them is, therefore, an undoubted synonym of Leggada. This
was the conclusion of Thomas, who left notes to this effect written
on the margin of his personal copies of the original descriptions. Of
Tautatus thai, he says, "Seems to be-= Leggada cooki Ryley"; of
annamensis his notation is, "Probably local race of nitidula."

The types of both thai and annamensis, with additional speci-
mens, were submitted to Thomas for examination shortly before his
death and are still in the custody of the British Museum where I
have been privileged to examine them. The type of annamensis is
imperfect about the palatal and infraorbital regions but is clearly
a long-muzzled animal with the heavier molars which usually dis-
tinguish from Mus. A topotype accompanying it leaves no doubt
that this is the case. It is dark-colored and short-tailed and doubtless
recognizable specifically or subspecifically. A third specimen (No.
3,397) from Dalat, Annam, however, is plainly Mus and probably
allied to kakhyensis like those from Kontoum, Annam.

The type of thai is quite immature and has the nasals shorter
and the palatal slits more backwardly extended than usual in
Leggada. A topotype with it is somewhat older and easily recognized
as a Leggada. Careful examination of the two specimens is fairly

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS— OSGOOD 315

convincing that they are conspecific, the shortness of the nasals in
the type being outweighed by the slenderness of its muzzle, the
slender and pale-colored upper incisors, the relatively heavy molars,
and the general size of the skull which is somewhat greater than in
MILS kakhyensis of corresponding age. Therefore, both thai and
annamensis fall into the Leggada section.

Three specimens from southern Laos, received too late for com-
parison with material in the British Museum, are tentatively referred
to annamensis, this being regarded as a subspecies of nitidulus.

Mus (Leggada) pahari gairdneri Kloss.

Leggada pahari gairdneri Kloss, Jour. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam, 4, p. 60, 1920 —
Me Taw, 40 miles n.w. of Raheng, Siam.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 15.

REC. 1925-29.— Dakto, A. 1; Ngai Tio, T. 1; Xieng Kuang, L. 2.

The series from Chapa averages paler and more grayish than
in typical pahari from Sikkim. This is the principal character noted
in the two specimens forming the basis of the name gairdneri. It is
probable, therefore, that the form covers a considerable area in Siam
and Indo-China.

Dacnomys millardi ingens subsp. nov. LARGE-TOOTHED GIANT
RAT.

Type from Phong Saly, Laos. No. 31,986 Field Museum of
Natural History. Adult female. Collected May 1, 1929, by Russell
W. Hendee. Orig. No. 5,485.

Diagnosis. — Similar in color to typical millardi of Sikkim; tail
and ears shorter; skull shorter and heavier, with shorter nasals,
broader interorbital space, heavier anterior zygoma root, and broader
cheek-teeth.

Color. — Upper parts uniformly mixed Cinnamon-drab and dusky,
producing a general effect of Fuscous to Bone Brown; hands and
feet brownish; tail set with very short, sparse hairs, dusky with a
few irregular pale blotches; under parts variegated, the throat, inner
sides of arms, axillary and inguinal regions pure white to roots of
hairs; forebreast and belly mixed cinnamon-drab and whitish, the
hairs with pale slaty bases.

Skull. — As compared with an adult skull of millardi (not the
type), the skull is shorter throughout; nasals shorter; anterior

316 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

zygoma root heavier; interorbital space wider; interparietal smaller
and less produced forward; toothrow shorter and broader; anterior
cheek-teeth slightly wider than the palatal space between them.

Measurements. — Type: total length 581; tail 308; hind foot 55;
ear from notch (dry) 19.5. Skull of type and adult female of millardi
(in parentheses): greatest length 55.8 (59.5); condylo-basal length
53.5 (55.6); zygomatic width 27.6 (27.5) ; nasals 21.5 x 6.8 (24 x 6.3);
interorbital constriction 8.7 (7.8) ; interparietal 14.5 x 7.1 (15.8 x 10) ;
diastema 15.2 (15.5); bony palate 12.1 (12.5); upper toothrow
(alveoli) 11.8 (12.7); width of anterior cheek-tooth 4 (3.8).

Remarks. — The discovery of the rare giant rat known as Dacnomys
in Indo-China is of considerable interest as an extension of the range
of the genus. The single specimen collected by Mr. Hendee is an
adult labeled female but in the prepared skin mammae are not
evident. Fortunately a fully adult specimen of millardi is at hand
for comparison. This was taken by Herbert Stevens on the recent
C. Suydam Cutting Sikkim Expedition for Field Museum. The
locality is Mangpu, Bengal Presidency, India, and the specimen
apparently constitutes the third known example of the species. This
specimen is mainly dark-colored below with only slight suggestion
of the white markings shown by the type as described, so it is evident
there is considerable variation in this respect. It is a little duller-
colored and harsher-pelaged than the Indo-Chinese specimen, but
distinctions of color seem very doubtful.

Comparison of the two skulls in hand reveals so many points of
difference that the conclusion is unavoidable that they justify at
least subspecific separation. Some of these differences may not
hold good when series are examined, but if the recently obtained
Indian specimen is at all representative, some of them must prove
constant. Discrepancies between the measurements of the skull of
this specimen and those of the type are perhaps due to the fact
that it is fully adult while the type is said to be a "ymmg adult."

Dacnomys wroughtoni of Assam, as described, is even larger
than millardi and, therefore, still further removed from ingens.

PBandicota sp.

The skin of a dark grayish rat in the Delacour and Lowe collection
from Chapa, Tonkin, is without skull and practically unidentifiable
even as to genus. A possibility is relationship to Bandicota savilei
curtata of Raheng, Siam, from the description of which it seems

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 317

to differ at least in smaller size and darker color, the tail in the dried
skin measuring only 122 mm. and the hands and feet being wholly
blackish.

Bandicota nemorivaga Hodgson. SMALLER BANDICOOT RAT.

Mus (Rattus) nemorivagus Hodgson, Jour. As. Soc. Beng., 5, p. 234, 1836 —
Nepal.

K.-R.— Phong Saly, L. 2.

One of these is an adult female of moderate size and the other
a very large old male, the latter unfortunately without skull. The
measurements of this male are: total length 552; tail 258; hind foot
55. It is, therefore, much larger than any nemorivaga previously
recorded and equals the size of members of the gigantea series repre-
sented in Indo-China by jabouillei. Color and detailed cranial
characters, however, indicate relationship to nemorivaga rather than
jabouillei. The female is closely similar in size, color, and other
respects to specimens of nemorivaga in the original series from Nepal.
There is also substantial agreement with specimens of nemorivaga
from Tengyueh, Yunnan. The form called mordax (Thomas, Jour.
Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., 24, p. 642, 1916) from Chiengmai, northern
Siam, is doubtless closely related or identical, but it is represented
only by the type, an immature female which is insufficient to demon-
strate its distinction from nemorivaga.

Bandicota gigantea jabouillei Thomas. JABOUILLE'S BANDICOOT
RAT.

Bandicota jabouillei Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 54, 1927 — Tourane,
Annam.

REC. 1925-29.— Dakto, A. 1; Tourane, A. 1.
Not represented in recent collections.

Apodemus speciosus orestes Thomas. CHINESE WOOD MOUSE.

Apodemus speciosus orestes Thomas, Abstr. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 49,
1911; Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 136, 1912— Mount Omei, Szechwan.

K.-R. — Szechwan: Hlalong 1; Itze 1; Muli 6.

On account of slightly darker color, these are referred to orestes
rather than peninsulae to which they show close general resemblance.

Apodemus agrarius chevrieri Milne-Edwards.

Mits chevrieri Milne-Edwards, Rech. Hist. Nat. Mamm., p. 288, pi. 40, fig. 2,
1868-74 — Mouping, Szechwan.

318 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

K.-R. — Szechwan: Meti Long 1; Muli 1; Nien Yuen Fu 1.
Yunnan: Nguluko 19; 45 miles north of Likiang 1; Yungning 3.

This unstriped member of the agrarius series has such close
external resemblance to orestes that identification of individual
specimens is quite uncertain without recourse to the skulls. The
absence of the small antero-external tubercle of the second upper
molar is usually conclusive.

Apodemus latronum Thomas. BIG-EARED WOOD MOUSE.

Apodemus spedosus latronum Thomas, Abstr. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 49,
1911; Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 137, 1912— Tatsienlu, Szechwan.

K.-R.— Szechwan: Chaulu 1; Chelo 2; Kulu 12; Wushi 21.
Yunnan: Lutzulu, bend of Yangtze 3; 25 miles north of Likiang 1;
45 miles north of Likiang 2; Nguluko 10.

The large size and especially the large blackish ears of this mouse
distinguish it readily from either agrarius and its races or spedosus
so far as represented in Field Museum. That it grades into speciosus
seems very doubtful and it is perhaps more probable that it will
prove related to the large European species epimelas or flavicottis,
neither of which is available to me as this is written. The skull is
characterized by a large wide braincase, long flat nasals, and rather
large cheek-teeth. In most specimens traces of a fourth outer
tubercle on the first upper molar can be seen. Specimens from
Yunnan average slightly smaller than those from Szechwan.

Micromys minutus erythrotis Blyth. HARVEST MOUSE.

Mils erythrotis Blyth, Jour. As. Soc. Beng., 24, p. 721, 1855 — Cherrapunji,
Khasia Hills, Assam.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 4.

These were received too late for direct comparison with Indian
material and may be referred provisionally to erythrotis, the oldest
name for any Asiatic Micromys. They are rather dark in color
and the under parts are strongly washed with brownish Cinnamon,
especially on the middle of the pectoral region.

Hapalomys delacouri pasquieri Thomas. PASQUIER'S TREE RAT.

Hapalomys pasquieri Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 57, 1927 — Xieng
Kuang, Laos.

K.-R.— Phong Saly, L. 1.

REC. 1925-29.— Xieng Kuang, L. 1 (type).

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 319

A good adult male specimen makes it possible to redefine this
form, which was based on a young example giving scarcely any
indication of its true characters except as to the reduced size of
the molars.

The color is essentially as in delacouri, possibly a little darker,
with a slight suggestion of a dark eye-ring, a patch of dusky on
the inner proximal half of the hind foot, and under parts which are
light buff rather than white. The small, rounded ears are almost
naked except for long sparse hairs which rise mainly from their
margins, producing an unusual appearance.

The skull differs from that of delacouri in having a decidedly
wider braincase, highly developed supraorbital ridges, short slender
nasals, and a generally short and weak antorbital region. The
molars are definitely smaller than in delacouri although there is some
variation between the type of that form and another specimen from
the type locality.

Measurements of an adult male from Phong Saly are: total
length 292 ; tail 171 ; hind foot 22. Skull : greatest length 32 ; condylo-
incisive length 29.7; zygomatic breadth 17.1; nasals 8.8; interorbital
constriction 5.2; breadth of braincase 15.7; palatilar length 13.8;
upper molar series 5.45; breadth upper premolar 1.85.

H. delacouri, described from Dakto, Annam, is not represented
in the collection. H. marmosa from Hainan, of which the cranial
characters are unknown, doubtless is closely allied.

Chiropodomys gliroides Blyth. PENCIL-TAILED TREE MOUSE.

Mus gliroides Blyth, Jour. As. Soc. Beng., 24, p. 721, 1855 — Cherrapunji,
Khasia Hills, Assam.

K.-R. — Muong Bourn, T. 1; Muong Mo, T. 3; Muong Moun,
T. 4; Phong Saly, L. 2.

REC. 1925-29.— Dakto, A. 6.

A single specimen from the Jaintia Hills, Assam, now in the
British Museum, appears to be the only modern one typically repre-
senting this species. Aside from its somewhat brighter color,
especially about the head and the sides of the face, it is in substantial
agreement with the small series from Tonkin and Laos.

A series in the British Museum from southern Tenasserim,
characterized by rather large general size and relatively small audital
bullae, indicates that a southern subspecies should be recognized,
probably under the name Chiropodomys gliroides peguensis.

320 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

Vandeleuria dumeticola scandens subsp. nov. LONG-TAILED
CLIMBING MOUSE.

Type from Muong Bourn, Tonkin. No. 32,452 Field Museum of
Natural History. Adult male. Collected March 22, 1929, by
Russell W. Hendee. Orig. No. 5,330.

Diagnosis. — Similar to V. dumeticola, but smaller; under parts
tinged or washed with ochraceous instead of nearly pure white. Size
about as in V. sibylla, but differing from that very small species
in the shape of the braincase which is extremely inflated.

Color. — Upper parts, including ears and feet, Ochraceous Tawny;
under parts creamy white lightly washed with ochraceous buff
especially on the breast and interaxillary region; tail drabbish,
slightly paler below than above.

Skull. — General form as in V. dumeticola, but braincase even
more inflated and interorbital region correspondingly shortened;
infraorbital plate short, scarcely projecting anteriorly; nasals short
and narrow; incisive foramina short; teeth small, scarcely exceeding
those of V. sibylla.

Measurements. — Type: total length 153; tail 92; hind foot (c.u.)
17. Skull of type: greatest length 19.1; condylo-incisive length 17.1;
nasals 6; interorbital constriction 3.2; breadth of braincase 10.1;
palatal foramina 2.7; upper molar series 3.1.

Remarks. — In addition to the type, three specimens essentially
like it have been examined in the British Museum. These are from
Thai Nien, Tonkin, and Xieng Kuang, Laos, collected in 1924-25
by Herbert Stevens and Willoughby Lowe. Three of the four speci-
mens have a marked wash of ochraceous on the under parts. The
third is a nursing female in somewhat worn pelage in which less of
this wash appears, but it is quite evidently a character distinguishing
from dumeticola in which nothing of the kind appears in a considerable
series.

For the present, this form may be regarded as a subspecies of
dumeticola with which it agrees in the form of its skull. This is
contrary to usual procedure for there is considerable possibility that
it may be quite distinct. Series of dumeticola from Nepal through
Assam to Upper Burma are quite uniform in size and the sudden
diminution shown by this form in Tonkin leaves some doubt that
intergradation exists. Until further specimens are obtained, however,
its obvious relationship to dumeticola is best expressed by the sub-
specific status.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS— OSGOOD 321

With the possible exception of V. Sibylla, this is the smallest
member of the genus. The type of Sibylla is in "spirit" and of little
value for color characters, but its skull has a long narrow braincase,
a wide and somewhat projecting infraorbital plate, and a thick
rostrum, all indicating affinity to oleracea rather than to dumeticola.

Eothenomys (Anteliomys) custos hintoni subsp. nov. HINTON'S
VOLE.

Type from Wushi, southwest of Tatsienlu, Szechwan, China.
Altitude 12,000 feet. No. 33,073 Field Museum of Natural History.
Adult female. Collected May 15, 1929, by Herbert Stevens. Orig.
No. 322.

Diagnosis. — Similar to E. custos, but slightly larger (hind foot
18-20) and with a longer tail, this being about two- thirds the length
of the head and body. Skull rather small (condylo-basal length 25
or less). Dentition somewhat as in E. c. tarquinius, the last upper
molar with four inner and four outer salient angles.

Color. — Practically as in custos and chinensis, but feet paler.
Upper parts grayish washed heavily with Wood Brown medially,
this in some cases extending to sides; fore and hind feet drabbish
white; tail dusky above and definitely lighter below; muzzle pale
drabbish brown.

Skull. — Slightly larger than in custos, but much smaller than in
chinensis; braincase rather high and narrow; interorbital region
relatively wider than in chinensis, but with similar slightly elevated
temporal ridges; nasals short, exceeded by ascending premaxillae;
palate without median spine; molar pattern practically as in E. c.
tarquinius and as in some specimens of custos but differing from the
former in greater confluence of triangles and from most of the latter
as well as from E. wardi in lacking any tendency to the development
of an incipient fourth inner salient angle in the first upper tooth
and a third one in the second upper tooth; last molar with four
inner and four outer angles (in some specimens of custos and rubellus
there are four inner angles and in others there are five).

Measurements. — Average of ten topotypes measured by the
collector: total length 150.7 (147-158); tail 55.2 (51-59); hind foot
19.4 (19-20). Skull of type: condylo-basal length 24.8; zygomatic
width 14.4; interorbital constriction 4.2; occipital width 11.4; nasals
7x3; diastema 7.6; diagonal length of audital bullae 6.4; upper
molar series (crowns) 5.5.

322 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

Remarks. — In view of the number of named forms of Eothenomys
"known only from the type locality" and the uncertainty as to the
full maturity of individual specimens even when selected from con-
siderable series, the conclusion that still another form should be
named has been reached with some reluctance and only after a
careful review of possible alternatives. A series of fifteen specimens
is in hand, all from one locality and all of approximately the same
age which seems to be that of maturity, although no very aged
examples are included. On account of their relatively long tails,
these were at first supposed to be allied to chinensis, from which
they do not differ greatly in color, and the idea was entertained
that they might stand in some connecting relation between chinensis
and A. wardi of northwestern Yunnan, which appears more closely
related to chinensis than to any other form. Owing to their small
size, pale feet, etc., it was found quite impossible to refer them either
to chinensis (tarquinius) or to wardi.

The real relationship of the new form appears to be with E. custos
from which it is easily distinguished by its longer tail and its some-
what simplified molars. The dentition has some superficial resem-
blance to that of E. c. tarquinius, the last upper molar having four
outer and four inner angles and the first and second molars showing
no tendency to the development of fourth and third inner angles
respectively. In the last molar, however, the third inner angle is
usually confluent with the fourth outer, whereas in tarquinius the
two are closed. In the fifteen specimens examined, two have the
last upper molar with five inner angles as is commonly but not
invariably the case in E. custos.

Eothenomys (Anteliomys) custos rubellus Allen.

Microtus (Anteliomys) custos rubellus Allen, Am. Mus. Novit., No. 133, p. 5,
1924 — Ssushan, Likiang Range, Yunnan.

K.-R. — Yunnan: near Lutzulu, bend of Yangtze River 5; Nguluko
1; 25 miles north of Likiang 1; 45 miles north of Likiang 1; 60 miles
north of Likiang 1.

These agree in cranial characters with topotypes of rubellus,
but several of them are very light in color, having been taken in
spring instead of fall, probably bridging any supposed color difference
between custos and rubellus.

Eothenomys proditor Hinton.

Eothenomys proditor Hinton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), 11, p. 152, 1923 —
Likiang Range, Yunnan.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS— OSGOOD 323

K.-R. — Szechwan: Itze 2; Kulu 2. Yunnan: 25 miles north of
Likiang 1; Nguluko 8.

Except for its slightly smaller size, there seems to be no external
character to separate this species from E. fidelis which is found in
the same region. The skulls also are remarkably similar in general
conformation and there remains only the rather pronounced differ-
ences in the first and second upper molars, these having four and
three inner triangles respectively in fidelis and three and two in
proditor. In the last upper molars no constant difference is found.
The first and second upper molars in proditor, therefore, are quite
as in Anteliomys and the last molar is but slightly different from
many specimens of A. chinensis. This makes the generic distinction
of Eothenomys and Anteliomys very difficult and, with due deference
to those who have devoted much study to microtines, I am inclined
to treat them at most as subgenera.

Eothenomys melanogaster fidelis Hinton.

Eothenomys fidelis Hinton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), 11, p. 150, 1923—
Likiang Range, Yunnan.

K.-R. — Szechwan: Kulu 2; Muli 4. Yunnan: Nguluko 1.

In average size, these specimens do not equal the extremes
given for fidelis and it is probable some of them should be regarded
as furnishing the expected indication of intergradation with melano-
gaster. In any case, there is little reason to doubt that such inter-
gradation will be found and the retention of fidelis as a distinct
species seems inadvisable. The specimens from Kulu, which appear
fully developed, are larger than in melanogaster but considerably
smaller than in typical fidelis. The last upper molar, however, is
quite as in fidelis, with four inner salient angles instead of the three
found in melanogaster. There is much variation in color, one speci-
men being bright "reddish" throughout and another (collected
March 30) being in process of changing pelage passing from a reddish
brown coat to a much darker shade.

Eothenomys melanogaster confini Hinton.

Eothenomys melanogaster confini Hinton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), 11, p. 151,
1923 — Kiuchiang, Salween Divide, Yunnan.

K.-R.— Chapa, T. 1.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 8.

Microtines, not hitherto recorded from Indo-China, were obtained
only at one locality, a single specimen being taken by Hendee at

324 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

Chapa and a series of eight by Delacour and Lowe at the same place.
The range of dates is from Nov. 27 to Feb. 13 and the earlier speci-
mens are darker, less "reddish," than the later ones. In color and in
size of skulls, there is much resemblance to M. m. columns, but the
last upper molar in all cases has four salient inner angles. Among
the skulls are several which nearly or quite reach the dimensions of the
unique type of M. m. miletus. The arched form of this type, as
a subspecific character, needs confirmation by additional specimens.
A small series from Mucheng, Salween drainage, referred to confini
by Allen, is uniformly smaller than the Tonkin series, perhaps indicat-
ing that the latter stand in a position intermediate between confini
and columns.

Rhizomys pruinosus senex Thomas. HOARY BAMBOO RAT.

Rhizomys senex Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), 16, p. 313, Oct., 1915 —
near Mongtze, Yunnan.

K.-R. — Muong Bourn, T. 3; Muong Mo, T. 4; Muong Moun,
T. 10; Pa Ham, T. 1; Phong Saly, L. 8.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 4; Hoi Xuan, A. 1; Hue, A. 1;
Ke Saule, A. 2; Lung Lunh, A. 1; Pakha, T. 2.

REC. 1925-29.— Backan, T. 10; Bao Ha, T. 6; Dakto, A. 2;
Ngai Tio, T. 18; Nganson, T. 7; Nap6, L. 6; Xieng Kuang, L. 3.

WULSIN 1924.— Phong Saly, L. 1.

Tonkin specimens are quite the same as those from southeastern
Yunnan whence this form was described. Since it differs from
typical pruinosus of Assam only in somewhat increased size, its
close relationship is best indicated by the subspecific status. The
same is doubtless true of latouchei and pannosus.

Nyctocleptes sumatrensis cinereus McClelland. YELLOW-
CHEEKED BAMBOO RAT.

Rhizomys cinereus McClelland, Calc. Jour. Nat. Hist., 2, p. 456, 1842 —

Tenasserim.

Nyctocleptes cinereus Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), 16, p. 57, 1915.
K.-R.— Ba Nam Nhung, T. 2; Muong Mo, T. 2; Muong Moun,
T. 2; Phong Saly, L. 1.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Hoi Xuan, A. 3.

DEL. 1931-32.— Banphone, L. 1; Thateng, L. 10.

Among these specimens are some, perhaps a majority, that are
lighter in color than available examples from Tenasserim and Siam,
but it is evident that variation due to age and pelage is considerable.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 325

Specimens from the northern Shan States of Burma, doubtless
representing the erythrogenys of Anderson, are much larger than
any others examined, but the recognition of a separate form in that
region is dubious. Southern specimens in general seem to be some-
what smaller than northern and to have the ferruginous of the head
slightly deeper in shade.

Thomas (I.e.) proposed Nyctocleptes as a genus to include the
nominal species sumatrensis, cinereus, and insularis which are so
closely related that the genus may be considered as practically
monotypic. Its distinction from Rhizomys rests mainly on characters
of the plantar pads and mammae the significance of which may be
a matter of opinion.

Although now represented by specimens from a number of
localities, this strikingly colored bamboo rat appears not to have
been recorded previously from Indo-China.

Hystrix (Acanthion) brachyurus subcristatus Swinhoe. SHORT-
TAILED PORCUPINE.

Hystrix subcristatus Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 638, 1870 — Foochow,
Fukien.

K.-R. — Muong Moun, T. 1; Phouc Mon, Quangtri, A. 1.
REC. 1925-29.— Backan, T. 1; Hug, A. 1.

The two specimens in hand are not fully mature and no direct
comparisons have been made with material from other localities, so
their reference to subcristatus is provisional. Apparently brachyurus
of Malaysia, klossi of Tenasserim and Siam, papae of Hainan, and
subcristatus of Fukien differ from each other, if at all, mainly in size,
and the identification of individual specimens from intermediate
localities is fairly hopeless.

Lonnberg's contention (Archiv. f. Zool., 15, No. 18, 1923) that
no sharp lines can be drawn in generic distinction of Hystrix and
Acanthion seems well grounded and based on the examination of
a large and varied number of species. The outward resemblance of
certain species of Acanthion to Hystrix extends even to color and
markings and with a wide variation in cranial characters, all of a
relative nature, generic separation has little or no advantage.

The relationship of Atherurus to Acanthion is not very distant.
A skull in Field Museum representing Thecurus(!) crassispinis from
Borneo, which is externally much like Acanthion, has well-rooted
molars and general similarity to Atherurus.

326 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

Atherurus macrourus stevensi Thomas. BRUSH-TAILED PORCU-
PINE.

Atherurus stevensi Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 505, July 21, 1925 —

Ngai Tio, Tonkin.
Atherurus macrourus stevensi G. M. Allen, Am. Mus. Novit., No. 290, p. 1,

Oct. 24, 1927.

K.-R.— Lai Chau, T. 1; Muong Moun, T. 1.
D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 9.
DEL. 1931-32.— Thateng, L. 2.

REC. 1925-29.— Hue, A. 2; Nape, L. 1; Ngai Tio, T. 1 (type);
Xieng Kuang, L. 1.

The specimen from Muong Moun has the under parts largely
whitish and the "wool hairs," although not abundant, are whitish
as described for the type of stevensi. The other specimens are darker
with the white of the under parts confined mainly to the median
line. Specimens from Laos and Annam have been referred by Thomas
to macrourus and it is evident that the characters of stevensi are
not yet well understood.

Lepus comus G. M. Allen. GRAY-TAILED HARE.

Lepus comus G. M. Allen, Am. Mus. Novit., No. 284, p. 9, Sept., 1927 —
Tengyueh, Yunnan.

K.-R. — Nguluko, Yunnan 1; Zumpa, near Kulu, Szechwan 1.

Two specimens of this interesting hare are in the collection.
Their gray tails, gray rumps, and long hind feet leave no doubt of
their identity although the dimensions of their skulls do not quite
equal those given for the type.

Lepus comus grahami A. B. Howell.

Lepus grahami A. B. Howell, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 41, p. 143, Oct. 15, 1928 —
Ulongkong, Szechwan.

K.-R. — Ulongkong, Szechwan 1.

This specimen, a topotype of grahami, shows some indications
of the slight color characters mentioned in the original description.
Like the type of grahami, it was taken in July, while all available
specimens of typical comus bear dates of March or April. It is not
unlikely, therefore, that the differences will prove to be seasonal;
but until further specimens are examined the name should perhaps
be given the benefit of the doubt.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 327

Lepus peguensis siamensis Bonhote. SIAMESE HARE.

Lepus siamensis Bonhote, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 40, 1902 — Chiengmai,

Siam.
Lepus peguensis siamensis Chasen and Kloss, Jour. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam,

Suppl., 8, p. 76, 1930.

WULSIN 1924.— Vientiane, L. 2.

DEL. 1931-32.— Pakse, L. 2; Thateng, L. 1.

Two somewhat imperfect specimens in the small collection made
by F. R. Wulsin for the United States National Museum agree
closely with descriptions of this form which has been recorded from
various localities in northern and central Siam. They were taken
in July and are quite richly colored. Three specimens from southern
Laos are in complete agreement with them.

Lepus peguensis vassal! Thomas.

Lepus vassali Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), 17, p. 425, April, 1906 —
Nhatrang, Annam.

K.-R. — Phouc Mon, Quangtri, A. 1.

REC. 1925-29.— An Binh, C.C. 1; Djiring, A. 2; Hu§, A. 2;
Kompong Thorn, C. 3.

The distinction of this form from siamensis is not well established.
The present specimen, as compared with those from Vientiane
referred above to siamensis, is paler on the head, back, and sides
and the black on the ears is reduced. The date, however, is January
and some of this difference may be seasonal. The size is slightly
smaller and the skull is shorter with somewhat broader nasals.
Apparently there is little or no distinction in the amount of white
on the belly, although this has been mentioned by Thomas (Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 58, 1927).

Ochotona thibetana zappeyi Thomas. ZAPPEY'S PIKA.

Ockotona zappeyi Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), 9, p. 192, Feb., 1922—
Shuowlow, northwest of Tatsienlu, Szechwan.

K.-R. — Big bend of Yangtze, near Lutzulu, Yunnan 1; Kulu,
Szechwan 8.

Specimens from Szechwan and Yunnan south and west of
Tatsienlu appear referable to this form which is barely recognizable
on the basis of slight cranial characters. Specimens in the British
Museum labeled thibetana are mostly from the Mekong- Yangtze

328 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

Divide and the Likiang Range, both in Yunnan. The type of
thibetana came from Mouping and no subsequent specimens from
that exact region have yet been taken. In the British Museum,
however, is a specimen from "Twenty-three miles southeast of
Tatsienlu" which has been compared with the type by Thomas and
has on its label the following notation: "May be accepted as typical
of thibetana. Skull precisely agrees with that of type sent for com-
parison from Paris. O. T. 12/21." Comparison of this skull with
one of the present series from Kulu (which agrees essentially with a
topotype of zappeyi) shows it to have a somewhat broader and
deeper braincase, a flat, smooth interorbital region and slightly larger
audital bullae. It may be assumed, therefore, that these characters
distinguish thibetana from zappeyi, one being found eastward from
Tatsienlu and the other westward and south westward.

The small pikas of western China obviously fall into two specific
groups typified by thibetana and cansa. The application of various
binomial names to different forms of these two groups is confusing
and serves to create the impression of much greater differentiation
than really exists. Forms which seem so close to thibetana that
subspecific rank is clearly indicated are 0. t. sacraria (which, if
recognizable, is doubtless confined to Mount Omei), 0. t. syrinx
(although compared with cansa in original description), 0. t. morosa
(although actually linked with cansa as a subspecies), and 0. t.
sikimaria (the skull of which is practically identical with that of
zappeyi). 0. forresti, which has been stated as allied to thibetana,
is probably more closely related to roylei.

Ochotona cansa stevensi subsp. nov.

Type from Wushi, southwest of Tatsienlu, Szechwan, China.
No. 33,098 Field Museum of Natural History. Adult male. Col-
lected May 14, 1929, by Herbert Stevens. Orig. No. 317.

Diagnosis. — Similar to 0. cansa, but skull longer, more slender,
and less arched; audital bullae considerably smaller.

Color. — Practically as in 0. cansa, the under parts, at least in
winter, with a sharply defined breast stripe of fulvous.

Skull. — Narrow and elongate; nasals of moderate width; audital
bullae small.

Measurements. — Average of ten adults measured by the collector:
total length 146.3 (140-152); hind foot (s.u.) 26 (25-27); ear 18.5
(17-20). Skull of type: greatest length 35; condylo-incisive length

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 329

33.4; zygomatic width 15.9; nasals 11 x 4.3; interorbital constriction
3.6; width of braincase 12.7; palatal foramina 9 x 3.3; diagonal
length audital bulla 9; upper cheek-teeth (alveoli) 6.6.

Remarks. — This form, which is the southernmost of the cansa
group, is represented by a large series of thirty-eight from Wushi,
two from Chaulu, which is between Wushi and Tatsienlu, and by
a single specimen from Kwanchai, some distance northwest of
Tatsienlu. It differs from typical cansa mainly in cranial characters
among which the smaller audital bullae are most pronounced.
Although the bullae are smaller than in cansa, they are practically
the same size as in 0. c. sorella, the unique type of which has been
compared with that of stevensi. In sorella, however, the nasals are
longer and narrower and the braincase slightly wider. Since the
range of cansa intervenes between that of sorella and stevensi, it
is altogether probable that further specimens of sorella will sub-
stantiate these apparently slight characters. Two immature speci-
mens in Field Museum from Samsa Drok, Thibet, collected by R. B.
Ekvall of Taochow, Kansu, have very small bullae but are too
imperfect for exact determination.

Sus cristatus jubatus Miller. WILD BOAR.

Sus jubatus Miller, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 30, p. 745, 1906— Trang, lower
Siam.

K.-R. — Lao Fou Chai, L. 1 (skull) ; Phouc Mon, Quangtri, A. 1
(skin and skull).

REC. 1925-29.— Djiring, A. 2; Phuquoc Island, C. 1.

The larger of these is a male with its last molar barely erupted.
The upper length of the skull is 380 and the toothrow 115. Since
these are almost exactly the measurements given for the type of
jubatus, that name is used; but material in hand is too limited for
any positive conclusions.

Tragulus kanchil affinis Gray. MOUSE DEER.

Tragulus affinis Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 138, 1861 — Cambodia.
Tragulus kanchil pierrei Bonhote, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), 11, p. 293,

1903 — near Bien Hoa, Cochin China.
Tragulus kanchil affinis Bonhote, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 11, 1907 — pierrei =

affinis; Kloss, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 63, 1916.

K.-R.— Tha Ngon, Vientiane, L. 1 (skull).

D. & L. 1929-30.— Hoi Xuan, A. 1; Hue, A. 2; Quangtri, A. 1.

330 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

DEL. 1931-32.— Thateng, L. 3.

REC. 1925-29— Hu§, A. 1; Kontoum, A. 2; Nape", L. 1; Phuqui,
A. 1; Quangtri, A. 1; Thua Lua, A. 1.

Mouse deer from Indo-China are somewhat duller in color than
in ravus and affinis. The heads, especially, are more grayish or
brownish and more contrasted with the body. The dark nuchal
area is rather well marked. Season may account for part of this.
Material representing typical affinis is as yet rather unsatisfactory
and it is not unlikely that it will be found to stand in directly inter-
mediate position between ravus and the Indo-Chinese specimens.
The skull from Vientiane does not reach the published dimensions
of williamsoni (Kloss, Jour. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam, 2, p. 88, 1916)
but it is somewhat larger than one from Annam and its identification
is doubtful.

Muntiacus muntjak vaginalis Boddaert. BARKING DEER.
Cervus vaginalis Boddaert, Blench. Anim., 1, p. 136, 1785 — Bengal, India.

K.-R.— Can Ho, T. 1; Muong Yo, L. 1; Phong Saly, L. 1.
D. & L. 1929-30.— Chapa, T. 2.
REC. 1925-29.— Backan, T. 4.

These are slightly paler than specimens of vaginalis from
Darjeeling and Assam. Perhaps, therefore, they may be considered
somewhat intermediate between vaginalis and curvostylis of Siam.
Aside from general shade of color, the principal difference between
vaginalis and curvostylis seems to be in the color of the legs, vaginalis
having them brown in front for their whole length while curvostylis
has the brown only on the lower part of the legs. In this character
our specimens agree more closely with vaginalis. The front legs are
brown anteriorly and ochraceous behind. The hind legs below the
hock are brownish all around in two specimens while in the third
there is a division much as in the front legs.

A specimen in the British Museum from Backan, Tonkin, is
slightly brighter than others from higher elevations and has the
brown of the fore legs much narrowed in its upper part. On the hind
legs also the brown is reduced and confined to the front side. This
specimen may also be interpreted as intermediate, in this case perhaps
tending toward M. m. nigripes. Specimens from Chapa are of similar
character.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 331

Muntiacus muntjak annamensis Kloss.

Muntiacus muntjak annamensis Kloss, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10), 1, p. 399,
March, 1928 — Langbian Peak, Annam.

K.-R.— "Saigon," 3.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Thua Thien, A. 1.

DEL. 1931-32.— Thateng, L. 2.

REC. 1925-29.— Djiring, A. 1; Kontoum, A. 3; Tay Ninh, C.C. 2.

Three specimens received from Saigon are in the collection and
probably came from the Lagna River or Flat Rock River near the
base of the plateau northeast of Saigon. One is an adult male received
from F. J. Defosse and the others are younger animals collected by
Theodore Roosevelt.

In general body color these differ little from Tonkin specimens
of vaginalis, but the legs and feet are noticeably different. Whereas
the lower half of the legs is nearly uniform brownish in front in
vaginalis, it is "reddish" with a median distal marking of blackish
and a whitish spot above the cleft of the hoofs in annamensis. The
pasterns behind and the area surrounding the dew claws also are
blackish. Among specimens in the British Museum are several
heretofore assigned to curvostylis which seem more nearly to agree
with annamensis. By inference from the original description of
annamensis it appears that typical curvostylis from southwestern
Siam has the legs "dark brown below anteriorly."

Muntiacus muntjak nigripes G. M. Allen.

Muntiacus muntjak nigripes G. M. Allen, Am. Mus. Novit., No. 430, p. 11,
Sept. 18, 1930— Nodoa, Hainan.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Hoi Xuan, A. 2.

Two fine males from the lowlands near the coast of northern
Annam agree quite closely in color with the description of this form
recently named from specimens taken on Hainan. The very dark
legs and feet are in striking contrast to the tawny body color. The
dark marking extends to the shoulder in front and to the "knee"
on the hind legs. On the lower part of the legs, especially in front,
there are scattered white hairs.

In size these mainland specimens are larger than the dimensions
given for the type of nigripes from Hainan. This is, perhaps, only
to be regarded as evidence of gradation toward vaginalis, and at
least until much more material is examined, separation of another
mainland form appears inadvisable. Specimens from Chapa, Tonkin,

332 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

which have been referred to vaginalis, are obviously intermediate
in color.

The skulls of the specimens from Hoi Xuan have a condylo-basal
length of about 200 mm., thus being about equal to that in vaginalis,
but the toothrow is short, measuring only 61-62 as in nigripes.

M untiacus rooseveltorum sp. nov. ROOSEVELT'S BARKING DEER.

Type from Muong Yo, Laos. Altitude 2,300 feet. No. 31,783
Field Museum of Natural History. Subadult male. Collected
May 16, 1929, by Harold J. Coolidge, Jr. Orig. No. 89.

Diagnosis. — Characterized primarily by the great development
of the mental glands (fig. 30) which are 1.25 inches in length on
each side of the jaw and covered with stiff, close-standing, brownish
hair 10 mm. long. Size intermediate between M. muntjak and M.
reevesi; general color brownish, but the hairs annulated, producing
a finely speckled effect over the entire body as in M. reevesi; skull
with a relatively small preorbital pit as in M. muntjak, its anterior
boundary about reaching the plane of the front of the second pre-
molar; ascending branches of premaxillae separated from the nasals
by a hooked process of the maxillary; nasals long and with only
slight lateral expansion.

Color. — Similar in general to that of M. reevesi, but body with
a more "reddish" tone and sides of face and antorbital region to
rhinarium more brownish; body color approaching the Auburn of
Ridgway, the hairs everywhere finely annulated and on close examina-
tion appearing minutely speckled; top of head, cheeks, and base of
ears bright Ochraceous Tawny; tail with a narrow dorsal line approx-
imately like the body color; under side of tail broadly white; under
parts more grayish than upper parts, becoming darker, almost
Fuscous, on middle of chest; fore legs and lower scapular region
Mummy Brown, the hind side of the legs thinly and narrowly lighter;
hind legs Mummy Brown to the hocks and thence halfway to the base
of the tail; throat white; inguinal region white and a narrow, ochra-
ceous-bordered white line extending down the inside of the hind leg
to a point opposite the hock; a spot on chin between mental glands
blackish brown; glands drabbish brown, the hairs paler basally.

Skull. — Intermediate in size between M. reevesi and M. muntjak
vaginalis (toothrow 58.6); preorbital pit as in the muntjak series,
relatively small, its anterior border about even with the front of the
second premolar; upper part of lacrymal above and in front of pit

1932

MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD

expanded into a nearly vertical plate 9 mm. in width; maxillo-
lacrymal vacuity short and broad as in muntjak, not long and narrow
as in reevesi; ascending premaxillae separated from nasals as in
reevesi, not fully meeting nasals as in muntjak; nasals long and wider
anteriorly than in either muntjak or reevesi and with only slight
lateral expansion into maxillo-lacrymal vacuity, in this last respect
being rather more like reevesi.

Measurements. — Collector's measurements of type: total length
1,024; tail 136; hind foot 349. Skull of type and specimens of reevesi
and vaginalis:1 greatest length 188, 171, 213; condylo-basal length
173, — , 200; zygomatic breadth 76, 70, 89.5; occiput to back of nasals

FIG. 30. Muzzle of Muntiacus rooseveltorum showing mental glands.

114.5, 105.2, — ; length of nasals 55.8, 48.9, 50.8; length of palate
from gnathion 113.2, — , 129; upper toothrow 58.6, 50.5, 68.

Remarks. — A diagnostic character of this species and a feature
of very great interest are the pair of highly developed glandular
brushes on either side of the chin. Although all muntjaks appear
to have at least traces of such glands, they are usually so small and
inconspicuous that heretofore they have not been noticed. So far
as known, they do not occur in other ungulates and no observations
in regard to them in the living animal are available. In the dry
specimen they appear quite clean, dry, and free from any odor or
secretion, but that they are outgrowths from a glandular base can

1 The figures in second position are those of the type of reevesi and those in
third position of a specimen of vaginalis from Phong Saly, Laos.

334 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

scarcely be doubted. They are oblong in shape and measure about
33 mm. x 22 mm. The hairs are tubular, very stiff and upstanding
and their pointed tips are slightly curved. Depending from them
are six to eight long, soft, exserted hairs about 30 mm. in length
and entirely similar to others which are scattered on the sides of
the nose. The brownish color of these tufts is in sharp contrast
to the white and ochraceous of the throat and face, so they are very
conspicuous. Their position naturally suggests that they may serve
to distribute scent as the animal feeds, but at present this can be
no more than an assumption.

In determining the relationships of this animal, the entire
muntjak group has been somewhat cursorily reviewed. Aside from
the very large and quite distinct species crinifrons and the very
little known feae with its blackish color and supposed absence of
frontal glands, all the described forms appear to fall into one or
the other of two well-defined groups. These are represented by the
names M. muntjak and M. reevesi. In Lydekker's Catalogue of
Ungulates all the forms of the first series have been regarded as
subspecies of M. muntjak, as it seems to me quite properly. But
in the other series, several supposed distinct species are recognized
upon rather scant basis. If M. lacrymans and M. sinensis had been
included among the subspecies of reevesi, it would have been more
consistent and more conducive to a clear understanding of the actual
relationships. This has been commented upon by A. B. Howell
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 75, p. 75, 1929) and G. M. Allen (Am. Mus.
Novit., No. 430, p. 12, 1930), the latter being disposed to reduce all
the supposed forms of reevesi to synonymy.

As species, M. muntjak and M. reevesi in all their varieties differ
not only in size and color but in important and unmistakable cranial
characters. The cranial differences are mainly connected with the
much larger relative size of the preorbital gland in reevesi. In the
present species, rooseveltorum, there is a curious combination of these
cranial characters of muntjak and reevesi which makes it difficult to
be certain as to which it has greatest affinity. That it is very distinct
from both seems amply evidenced by the extraordinary mental
glands, but it shares one set of cranial characters with muntjak and
another with reevesi. Further specimens will be of the highest interest.

Cervus eldi siamensis Lydekker. THAMENG DEER.

Cervus eldi siamensis Lydekker, Cat. Ungul. Brit. Mus., 4, p. 104, 1915 —
southern Siam.

1932 1V6AMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 335

One skull bearing a fine pair of antlers is a part of the collection
shipped from Saigon by Theodore Roosevelt.

Cervus porcinus annamiticus Heude. HOG DEER.

Hyelaphus annamiticus Heude, Mem. Hist. Emp. Chinois, 2, p. 50, 1888 —
Annam.

K.-R.— Lagna River, C.C. 3.

Three adults, collected May 19 by Theodore Roosevelt and C.
Suydam Cutting, bear out the characters assigned to this form and
indicate that it is quite well marked. As compared with Indian
hog deer they are larger, more richly colored, and in summer pelage
unspotted. A male, which is in very glossy coat, appears uniformly
colored in direct view but oblique reflections reveal evidences of a
spotted pattern. The animal is reported to be abundant, although
recorded specimens preserved in museums are few.

Rusa unicolor equinus Cuvier. EASTERN SAMBUR DEER.

Cervus equinus Cuvier, Oss. Foss., ed. 2, 4, p. 45, pi. 5, figs. 37, 38, 1823 —
Sumatra.

K.-R.— Boun Tai, L. 5 (horns only); Flat Rock River, C.C. 1.

WULSIN 1924.— Makai, near Tha Khek, L. 2.

REC. 1925-29.— Djiring, A. 2.

Following Lydekker, the samburs of southern Indo-China may
be referred for the present to the form originally described from
Sumatra. The antlers examined agree in having the beams very
heavy at the base and the spread is much less than usual in heads
from India and Ceylon. A good pair measures 790 mm. (31 in.) in
length of beam; the circumference above the burr is 190 (7.5 in.).

Rusa unicolor dejeani Pousargues. NORTHERN SAMBUR DEER.

Rusa dejeani Pousargues, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, 2, p. 12, 1896 — Szechwan.

K.-R.— Chiulung (about lat. 29° 15' N.), Szechwan 1.

A female in handsome coat (February 21) was shot by Theodore
Roosevelt in northwestern Szechwan a few days' march southwest
of Tatsienlu. Its color is very rich, dark brown with a broad line
of still darker, almost blackish, down the middle of the back, and
a wholly black, very bushy tail. Toward the hind quarters there
is a very heavy suffusion of ochraceous. The legs are broadly brownish
fawn in front and white behind. The hairs of the end of the tail
reach a length slightly exceeding 6 in., those on the side about 4 in.

A pair of antlers without label is in the collection made by Stevens
in western China. These measure 22 inches in length of beam. Two

336 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

specimens have been recorded recently (1930) by G. M. Allen
from Yunnan and, although the characteristics of the race dejeani
are still uncertain, it is evident the animals regularly range through-
out western Yunnan and Szechwan. The Roosevelts, in notes
published with the popular account of their trip, make the following
statement: "Sambhur have a very wide range, and from the time we
left Bhamo until we reached Ningyuan we were rarely out of sambhur
country. We found sambhur signs at altitudes varying from four
to fourteen thousand feet. Many of the horns we saw were both
long and exceptionally massive."

Pseudois nayaur szechuanensis Rothschild. BURRHEL SHEEP.

Pseudois nahoor szechuanensis Rothschild, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), 10,

p. 231, Aug., 1922— Szechwan, China.
Pseudois nayaur caesia A. B. Howell, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 41, p. 118, 1928 —

Minshan Range, Kansu, China.

K.-R. — Tsung Gu, east of Tatsienlu, Szechwan 3.

Two adult males and a younger male, all shot by Theodore
Roosevelt, are in the collection. The horns measure about 25 inches
in length and 12.5 inches in circumference at base. The skins are
very dark in color, but the lateral stripe is not very widely interrupted.
The white on the knees is reduced to a small spot margined with
blackish or represented only by a few white hairs. It is fairly evident,
therefore, that the northern race is considerably darker than the
typical one.

Notes published by the Roosevelts include the following: "Burrhel
or blue sheep we first heard of when we were leaving the Muli
territory. They are known locally as pan yang. We saw heads
and skins, and were told that if we wished to trek from a day to
two days away from the trail we would find them plentiful. They
live at about fourteen thousand feet elevation. Besides those shot
two days north of Tatsienlu, we heard of them near Muping. They
should also live in the mountains near Yehli, but there we saw
neither hide nor horn."

The original description of this form was based on a mounted
specimen from Szechwan and a skull from Shensi, both of which
were mentioned as types. Applying the principle of page priority
and considering the name chosen, the mounted specimen from
Szechwan doubtless should be taken as the unique type. A later
name caesia is now on the books, applied to specimens from Kansu
which lies between Shensi and Szechwan. This emphasizes the need

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS — OSGOOD 337

for an exact type locality even though there may prove to be no
recognizable differences between the animals of Szechwan, Kansu
and Shensi. The name caesia apparently was proposed without
knowledge of the earlier szechuanensis and may be regarded as a
synonym.

Capricornis sumatraensis milne-edwardsi David. SEROW.

Capricornis milne-edwardsi David, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, 5,
Bull., p. 10, 1869— Mouping, Szechwan.

K.-R. — Mount Gibboh, between Yungning and Muli, Szechwan
1; "Szechwan," 1 (skull).

The skin of a subadult male shot by Kermit Roosevelt in western
Szechwan is richly colored with the lower legs Ochraceous Tawny
and the side of the muzzle has the "tan-colored" spot regarded by
Allen (Am. Mus. Novit., No. 410, p. 5, 1930) as characteristic of
this form.

A skull obtained by Stevens is without exact locality. It is
quite large, measuring 320 mm. in occipito-nasal length; zygomatic
width 123; toothrow 96.5; horn over front curve 205 (8^ inches).

Capricornis sumatraensis maritimus Heude. SEROW.

Capricornis maritimuLs Heude, Mem. Hist. Emp. Chinois, 2, p. 4, note, 1888;
ibid., p. 226, 1894— Tonkin.

D. & L. 1929-30.— Ninh Bum, T. 2.

REC. 1925-29.— Langson, T. 1; Nong-bat-koo, L. 3 (frontlets);
Than Hoa, A. 1; Vinh, A. 1.

One of these specimens which is in hand is subadult, but
apparently represents a form of relatively small size and dark color.
The head and body are mainly blackish with the hairs whitish at the
base. The lower legs and rump are tawny and there are light
maxillary stripes of mixed tawny and whitish. There are no tawny
spots on the sides of the face. The teeth, so far as comparable in
the specimens examined, are smaller than in other recognized forms.

Of the several names given by Heude to serows from Tonkin,
maritimus appears to be the earliest and its use is perhaps justified
even though the exact status of the form has not been worked out.

Bos (Bibos) banteng subsp. BANTING Ox.

K.-R.— Flat Rock River, C.C. 2; Lagna River, C.C. 1.
WULSIN 1924.— Lai Chau, T. 1.

338 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVIII

Three fine specimens, all females, were obtained by Theodore
Roosevelt in southern Annam. A partly grown calf from Laos is
in the Wulsin collection.

The name laosiensis (Heude, Mem. Hist. Emp. Chinois, 5, p. 3,
1901) is perhaps applicable to these specimens. In one of the cows
above mentioned, the horns swing upward and inward to such an
extent that the tips cross each other.

Bos (Bubalus) bubalis subsp. WATER BUFFALO.
K.-R.— Lagna River, C.C. 3.

Two males and a female collected by Theodore Roosevelt and
C. Suydam Cutting have furnished the material for a mounted
group in Field Museum. They stand about 4.5 feet at the shoulder,
the body color is slaty or grayish rather than black, and the lower
legs are pale. Uncertainty apparently exists as to whether or not
the water buffalo of this region are feral. At least their exact classi-
fication without other material for comparison is quite hopeless.

Bos (Bibos) gaurus readi Lydekker. GAUR Ox.

Bos gaurus readi Lydekker, Zoologist, (4), 7, p. 266, 1903 — Burma.
K.-R.— Flat Rock River, C.C. 1.

Besides a fine male collected by Theodore Roosevelt, there are
also in Field Museum, from the same region, a male collected by

F. J. Defosse, two females collected and presented by C. Rydell,
and a very large male and a small calf collected and presented by

G. F. Ryan and George G. Carey, Jr.

Although the gaur is common and well known to sportsmen
visiting the southern end of the plateaus of Annam, its occurrence
there has received little mention in zoological literature. Blanford
in the Mammals of India (1891, p. 485) says: "The eastern range
of this species is not clearly known except that it is said to extend
to Siam and, I believe, to Cochin China." Kloss, in writing on
mammals from Siam, says: "Practically all Siamese specimens have
been obtained in the north or west." Lydekker's Catalogue of
Ungulates records no eastern specimens.

In the absence of comparative material, the name of the Burmese
race has been arbitrarily applied to the specimens at hand.

Manis pentadactyla subsp. PANGOLIN.

K.-R.— Muong Tia, T. 1; Nam He, T. 1 (flat skin only); Phong
Saly, L. 2.

1932 MAMMALS ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS— OSGOOD 339

These are somewhat larger than M. p. dalmanni of southeastern
China as denned by G. M. Allen (Am. Mus. Novit., No. 429, p. 6,
1930) and perhaps are nearer to M. p. pusilla of Hainan of which
no specimens are in hand. The largest has the following dimensions
taken by the collector: total length 718; tail 270; hind foot 71. The
skull has a condylo-basal length of 85, whereas Allen states that
Fukien skulls average 74 and Hainan skulls 82. The scales around
the body are uniformly in series of 13 while the number in the
Burmese form aurita is said to be 15-18.

Paramanis javanica Desmarest. PANGOLIN.

Manis javanica Desmarest, Mamm., p. 377, 1822 — Java.

DEL. 1931-32— Thateng, L. 1.

REC. 1925-29.— Kontoum, A. 2; Tay Ninh, C.C. 1.

IWBMN C? Tfl

*

UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS-URBANA